manualshive.com logo in svg

HP 8590 E-Series, Calibration Manual

The HP 8590 E-Series is a high-performance electronic instrument equipped with advanced features. To ensure optimal usage, we offer a comprehensive User Manual for free download at manualshive.com. This manual provides detailed instructions and troubleshooting tips, helping you harness the full potential of your HP 8590 E-Series device.

Share
Download
background image

30.

Spurious

Response

,

HP

8593EM

45.

If

the

distortion

products

can

be

seen,

proceed

as

follows:

a.

On

the

EMC

analyzer

,

press

4

MKR

!

5 ,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MARKER

!

HIGH

,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

1

of

3

,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

2

of

3

,

and

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MARKER

1

.

b.

Press

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

3

of

3

then

repeatedly

press

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NEXT

PEAK

until

the

active

marker

is

on

the

highest

distortion

product.

c.

Record

the

MKR

1

amplitude

reading

as

TR

Entry

2

of

the

performance

verication

test

record.

The

MKR

1

reading

should

be

less

than

054

dBc

.

46.

If

the

distortion

products

cannot

be

seen,

proceed

as

follows:

a.

On

both

the

synthesized

sweeper

and

the

synthesized

level

generator

,

increase

the

POWER

LEVEL

by

5

dB

.

Distortion

products

should

now

be

visible

at

this

higher

power

level.

b.

On

the

EMC

analyzer

,

press

4

MKR

!

5 ,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MARKER

!

HIGH

,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

1

of

3

,

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

2

of

3

,

and

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

MARKER

1

.

c.

Press

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

More

3

of

3

then

repeatedly

press

NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NEXT

PEAK

until

the

active

marker

is

on

the

highest

distortion

products

.

d.

On

both

the

synthesized

sweeper

and

the

synthesizer

level

generator

,

reduce

the

power

level

by

5

dB

and

wait

for

the

completion

of

a

new

sweep

.

e.

Record

the

MKR

1

amplitude

reading

as

TR

Entry

2

of

the

performance

verication

test

record.

The

MKR

1

reading

should

be

less

than

054

dBc

.

P

art

4:

Third

Order

Intermodulation

Distortion,

>2.9

GHz

47.

Enter

the

P

ower

Sensor

4

GHz

Cal

F

actor

into

the

measuring

receiver

.

48.

Disconnect

the

directional

coupler

from

the

EMC

analyzer

,

then

connect

the

power

sensor

to

the

output

of

the

directional

coupler

.

49.

Set

each

of

the

synthesized

sweeper

controls

as

follows:

POWER

LEVEL

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

015

dBm

CW

(synthesized

sweeper

#1)

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

4.000

GHz

CW

(synthesized

sweeper

#2)

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

4.00005

GHz

RF

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

OFF

2-198

P

erformance

V

erication

T

ests

Summary of Contents for 8590 E-Series

Page 1: ...ble You will find any other available product information on the Agilent Test Measurement website www tm agilent com HP References in this Manual This manual may contain references to HP or Hewlett Packard Please note that Hewlett Packard s former test and measurement semiconductor products and chemical analysis businesses are now part of Agilent Technologies We have made no changes to this manual...

Page 2: ...HP 8590 EM Series EMC Analyzer Calibration Guide ABCDE HP Part No 5962 0467 Printed in USA December 1995 ...

Page 3: ...of this material Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights of Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 for DOD agencies and subparagraphs c 1 and c 2 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 for other agencies c Copyright Hewl...

Page 4: ...ping charges to Hewlett Packard and Hewlett Packard shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to Hewlett Packard from another country Hewlett Packard warrants that its software and rmware designated by Hewlett Packard for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly...

Page 5: ... IEC Publication 348 Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus and has been supplied in a safe condition The instruction documentation contains information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the instrument in a safe condition Safety Notes The following safety notes are used throughout this manual Familiarize yourself with each of t...

Page 6: ...t calls attention to a procedure that if not correctly performed or adhered to would result in damage to or destruction of the instrument Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met v ...

Page 7: ...ine voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power supply and the correct fuse is installed Always use the three prong ac power cord supplied with this instrument Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause instrument damage Only clean the instrument cabinet using a damp cloth L The instruction documentation symbol The product is marked with this symbol ...

Page 8: ...presents a key physically located on the instrument NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Softkey This indicates a softkey a key whose label is determined by the rmware of the instrument Screen Text This indicates text displayed on the instrument s screen vii ...

Page 9: ... for performing the performance veri cation tests The next six chapters provide speci cations and characteristics for the six EMC analyzer products The last chapter gives helpful information when your require support Chapter 1 contains information on which performance veri cation tests that you will perform and lists the equipment required to perform these tests Chapter 2 contains the performance ...

Page 10: ...hapter 8 provides the speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8596EM EMC analyzer Chapter 9 provides the characteristics for the EMC analyzer with the RF lter section Chapter 10 contains information for providing customer support to you if you have a problem with your EMC analyzer 1 ix ...

Page 11: ......

Page 12: ...erformance is within all speci cations It is time consuming and requires extensive test equipment Calibration consists of all the performance tests For a complete listing of the performance tests see the performance veri cation tests table for your speci c analyzer Operation Veri cation Operation veri cation only tests the most critical speci cations These tests are recommended for incoming inspec...

Page 13: ...speci cations once every year Speci cations are listed in this calibration guide The 300 MHz frequency of the CAL OUT signal must be checked at the same time and adjusted if necessary Refer to the 10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment procedure in the assembly level repair service guide 1 2 Calibrating ...

Page 14: ...ce tests in chapter 2 Select the analyzer option being calibrated and perform the tests marked in the option column A dot indicates that the test is required for calibration Note that some of the tests are used for both calibration and operation veri cation marked with 4 5 Calibrating 1 3 ...

Page 15: ...ndwidth Switching Uncertainties 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 19 Frequency Response 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 24 Other Input Related Spurious Responses 29 Spurious Response2 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 34 Gain Compression 39 Displayed Average Noise Level 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 44 Residual Responses 47 Fast Time Domain Sweeps 49 Absolute Amplitude Vernier a...

Page 16: ... IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 20 Frequency Response 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 25 Other Input Related Spurious Responses 30 Spurious Response2 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 35 Gain Compression 40 Displayed Average Noise Level 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 46 Residual Responses 48 Fast Time...

Page 17: ...witching Uncertainties 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 21 Frequency Response 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 26 Other Input Related Spurious Responses 31 Spurious Response2 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 36 Gain Compression 41 Displayed Average Noise Level 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 45 Residual Responses 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps 50 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 51 Power ...

Page 18: ...witching Uncertainties 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 22 Frequency Response 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 27 Other Input Related Spurious Responses 32 Spurious Response2 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 37 Gain Compression 42 Displayed Average Noise Level 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 46 Residual Responses 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps 50 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 51 Power ...

Page 19: ... Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 23 Frequency Response 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 28 Other Input Related Spurious Responses 33 Spurious Response2 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 38 Gain Compression 43 Displayed Average Noise Level 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 46 Residual Responses 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps 50 Absolute Am...

Page 20: ...e of the analyzer is only speci ed after the analyzer calibration routines have been run and if the analyzer is autocoupled Read the rest of this section before you start any of the tests and make a copy of the Performance Veri cation Test Record described below in Recording the test results Test equipment you will need Tables 1 6 through 1 9 list the recommended test equipment for the performance...

Page 21: ...ust be up to operating temperature in order for this test to be valid Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CAL STORE when the test is complete If the analyzer continuously fails one or more speci cations complete any remaining tests and record all test results on a copy of the test record Then refer to the Customer Support chapter for instructions on how to solve the problem Periodically verifying ...

Page 22: ...1 2 HP 8902A Microwave Frequency Counter Frequency Range 9 MHz to 7 GHz Timebase Accy Aging 5 2 10010 day HP 5343A Power Meter Power Range Calibrated in dBm and dB relative to reference power 070 dBm to 44 dBm sensor dependent HP 436A Power Sensor Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1800 MHz Maximum SWR 1 60 100 kHz to 300 kHz 1 20 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 1 1 MHz to 2 0 GHz 1 30 2 0 to 2 9 GHz HP 8482A Power Se...

Page 23: ...16 dBm SSB Noise 0120 dBc Hz at 20 kHz o set HP 8640B Option 002 or HP 8642A Spectrum Analyzer Microwave Frequency Range 100 kHz to 7 GHz Relative Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 8 GHz 61 8 dB Frequency Accuracy 610 kHz 7 GHz HP 8566A B Synthesized Sweeper3 Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz Frequency Accuracy CW 6 0 02 Leveling Modes Internal and External Modulation Modes AM Power Level Range 035 t...

Page 24: ...Calibrating 1 13 ...

Page 25: ...Directional Bridge Frequency Range 0 1 to 110 MHz Directivity 40 dB Maximum VSWR 1 1 1 Transmission Arm Loss 6 dB nominal Coupling Arm Loss 6 dB nominal HP 8721A Directional Coupler Frequency Range 1 7 GHz to 8 GHz Coupling 16 dB nominal Max Coupling Deviation 61 dB Directivity 14 dB minimum Flatness 0 75 dB maximum VSWR 1 45 Insertion Loss 1 3 dB 0955 0125 Low Pass Filter 50 MHz Cuto Frequency 50...

Page 26: ...nge 50 kHz to 1 8 GHz Insertion Loss 6 dB nominal Output Tracking 0 25 dB Equivalent Output SWR 1 22 1 HP 11667A Power Splitter2 Frequency Range 50 kHz to 22 GHz Insertion Loss 6 dB nominal Output Tracking 0 25 dB Equivalent Output SWR 1 22 1 HP 11667B Termination 50 Impedance 50 nominal 2 required for Option 010 HP 908A Termination3 HP 909D 1 HP 8591EM and HP 8593EM 2 HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595E...

Page 27: ...3 5 f 1250 1745 Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 m 1250 1750 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 m 1250 1743 Adapter2 Type N m to APC 3 5 f 1250 1744 Adapter3 Type N f to BNC f 1250 1474 Adapter Type N f to BNC m 2 required 1250 1477 Adapter Type N m to BNC f 4 required 1250 1476 Adapter Type N m to BNC m 2 required 1250 1473 Adapter Type N f to Type N f 1250 1472 Adapter3 Type N m to Type N m 1250 1475 1 HP 8...

Page 28: ...cm 36 in Connectors APC 3 5 m both ends Maximum Insertion Loss 2 dB 2 required 8120 4921 Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in HP 11500A Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in HP 11500B C Cable Type N 152 cm 60 in HP 11500D Cable Frequency Range dc to 1 GHz Length 91 cm 36 in Connectors BNC m both ends 2 required HP 10503A Cable Frequency Range dc to 310 MHz Length 23 cm 9 in Connectors BNC m both ends HP 10502A 1 For HP 8...

Page 29: ......

Page 30: ... Response must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode To set the EMC analyzer to the spectrum analyzer mode press 4MODE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SPECTRUM ANALYZER Performance veri cation test 62 CISPR Pulse Response must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the EMC analyzer mode To set the analyzer to the EMC analyzer mode press 4MOD...

Page 31: ...calculated and compared to the speci cation The related adjustment for this performance veri cation test is the 10 MHz Reference HP 8590 EM Series Equipment Required Microwave frequency counter Frequency standard Cable BNC 122 cm 48 in 2 required Figure 2 1 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Test Setup Procedure The test results will be invalid if REF UNLK is displayed at any time during this test R...

Page 32: ...MEBASE 5 Record the number in the active function block of the EMC analyzer in the 10 MHz Reference Accuracy Worksheet as the Timebase DAC Setting 6 Add one to the Timebase DAC Setting recorded in step 5 then enter this number using the DATA keys on the EMC analyzer For example if the timebase DAC setting is 105 press 1 0 6 4Hz5 7 Wait for the frequency counter reading to stabilize Record the freq...

Page 33: ...quency di erence between Counter Reading 2 and Counter Reading 1 b Calculate the frequency di erence between Counter Reading 3 and Counter Reading 1 c Divide the frequency di erence with the greatest absolute value by two and record the value as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The settability should be less than 6150 Hz d Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer The timebase DAC wi...

Page 34: ...de ve minutes after power is applied and the frequency is recorded Another frequency measurement is made 25 minutes later 30 minutes after power is applied and the frequency is recorded A nal frequency measurement is made 60 minutes after power is applied The di erence between each of the rst two frequency measurements and the last frequency measurement is calculated and recorded The related adjus...

Page 35: ...e Output Accuracy HP 8590 EM Series Option 004 2 Set the EMC analyzer LINE switch on Record the Power On Time below Power On Time Figure 2 2 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy Test Setup 2 6 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 36: ...ed in step 2 6 Wait at least two periods for the frequency counter to settle Record the frequency counter reading in the 10 MHz Reference Accuracy Worksheet as Counter Reading 1 with 0 001 Hz resolution 7 Proceed with the next step 30 minutes after the Power On Time noted in step 2 8 Record the frequency counter reading in the 10 MHz Reference Accuracy Worksheet as Counter Reading 2 with 0 001 Hz ...

Page 37: ...Warmup Error Reading 1 0 Reading 3 10 0 2 106 12 Record the results as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record 13 Calculate the 30 Minute Warmup Error by subtracting Reading 3 from Reading 2 and dividing the result by 10 MHz 30 Minute Warmup Error Reading 2 0 Reading 3 10 0 2 106 14 Record the results as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record 2 8 Performance Veri catio...

Page 38: ...justed until the two signals appear at the same frequency The frequency setting of the source is then equal to the comb generator frequency and this frequency is compared to the speci cation The related adjustment procedure for this performance veri cation test is the Comb Generator HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM adjustment Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Power splitter Cable APC 3 5 mm m 91 cm 36...

Page 39: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 4 Press 4AMPLITUDE5 and adjust the reference level setting until the signal peak is 10 dB below the reference level 5 Set the synthesized sweeper RF on Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level until the two signals are the same amplitude 6 Set NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG to 2 dB on the EMC analyzer 7...

Page 40: ...acy HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM 10 Record the synthesized sweeper CW frequency setting as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The frequency should be between 99 993 MHz and 100 007 MHz Performance Veri cation Tests 2 11 ...

Page 41: ...e synthesized sweeper the frequency reference error is eliminated Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 m Adapter APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f Cable BNC 122 cm 48 in Cable APC 3 5 mm m 91 cm 36 in Figure 2 4 Frequency Readout Accuracy Test Setup HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts Part 1 Frequency Readout Accuracy Part 2 ...

Page 42: ...equency readout accuracy by pressing the following keys 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4 Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 1 in the performance veri cation test record The reading should be within the limits shown in Table 2 1 5 Change to the next EMC analyzer span setting listed in Table 2 1 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 for each EMC analyze...

Page 43: ...NNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH on the EMC analyzer 9 Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record The reading should be within the limits of 1 49999924 GHz and 1 50000076 GHz Part 1 Frequency Readout Accuracy is now complete Continue with Part 2 Marker Count Accuracy 2 14 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 44: ...e veri cation test record The reading should be within the limits of 1 4999989 GHz and 1 5000011 GHz 4 Change the EMC analyzer settings by pressing the following keys 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CNT RES AUTO MAN MAN 10 4Hz5 5 Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 45: ...5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON then wait until the count is completed it may take several seconds 12 Record the MKR reading as TR Entry 8 of the Performance veri cation Test Record The reading should be within the limits of 1 49999989 and 1 50000011 2 ...

Page 46: ...yzer is tested with an input signal of known frequency By using the same frequency standard for the EMC analyzer and the synthesized sweeper the frequency reference error is eliminated Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 m Adapter APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f Cable APC 3 5 91 cm 36 in Cable BNC 122 cm 48 in Additional Equipment for Option 026 Adapter 3 5 mm f to 3 5 mm f F...

Page 47: ...ontrols as follows CW 1 5 GHz POWER LEVEL 010 dBm 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer wait for the preset routine to nish then press 4FREQUENCY5 1 5 4GHz5 4 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys to measure the frequency readout accuracy 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 5 Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 1 in the performance veri cat...

Page 48: ...9968 6 4 000032 Stop here for HP 8595EM 9000 20 9 0 8 99918 7 9 00082 9000 10 9 0 8 99958 8 9 00042 9000 1 9 0 8 999968 9 9 000032 Stop here for HP 8596EM 16000 20 16 0 15 99918 10 16 00082 16000 10 16 0 15 99958 11 16 00042 16000 1 16 0 15 999968 12 16 000032 21000 20 21 0 20 99918 13 21 00082 21000 10 21 0 20 99958 14 21 00042 21000 1 21 0 20 999968 15 21 000032 9 Set the synthesized sweeper CW ...

Page 49: ... measure the marker count accuracy by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 1 5 4GHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 300 4kHz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK COUNT ON OFF ON NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 50: ...0000041 21000 21 0 1 10 20 99999959 26 21 00000041 5 Change the EMC analyzer settings by pressing the following keys 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK COUNT ON OFF ON NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CNT RES AUTO MAN MAN 10 4Hz5 6 Press 4MKR 5 NNNN...

Page 51: ...ecord The reading should be within the limits of 1 49999989 GHz and 1 50000011 GHz 14 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4SPAN5 2 4kHz5 15 Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 52: ...ier The di erence between these two measurements is compared to speci cation after the result is normalized to 1 Hz Equipment Required Signal generator Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in Additional Equipment for Option 026 Adapter APC 3 5 f to Type N f Figure 2 6 Noise Sidebands Test Setup Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of three parts Part 1 Noise Sideband Suppression at 10 kHz Part 2...

Page 53: ...6 Noise Sidebands HP 8590 EM Series A worksheet is provided at the end of this procedure for calculating the noise sideband suppression 2 24 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 54: ... ON 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 4BW5 1 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH Record the MKR amplitude reading in the Noise Sid...

Page 55: ...mplitude from the Maximum Noise Sideband Level at 610 kHz Use the equation below Noise Sideband Suppression Maximum Noise Sideband Level 0 Carrier Amplitude 7 Record the Noise Sideband Suppression at 10 kHz in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1 The suppression should be 060 dBc Part 2 Noise Sideband Suppression at 20 kHz 1 Press the following EMC analyzer keys to measure the noi...

Page 56: ...pression at 30 kHz 1 Press the following EMC analyzer keys to measure the noise sideband level at 30 kHz 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 30 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER NORMAL Record the MKR amplitude reading in the Noise Sideband Worksheet as the Noise Sideband Level at 30 kHz 2 Press the following EMC analyzer keys to measure the noise sideband level at 030 kH...

Page 57: ...d Worksheet Description Measurement Carrier Amplitude dB V Noise Sideband Level at 10 kHz dB V Noise Sideband Level at 010 kHz dB V Maximum Noise Sideband Level at 610 kHz dB V Noise Sideband Level at 20 kHz dB V Noise Sideband Level at 020 kHz dB V Maximum Noise Sideband Level at 620 kHz dB V Noise Sideband Level at 30 kHz dB V Noise Sideband Level at 030 kHz dB V Maximum Noise Sideband Level at ...

Page 58: ...d sidebands 30 kHz above and below the carrier System related sidebands are any internally generated line related power supply related or local oscillator related sidebands There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Signal generator Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in Additional Equipment for Option 026 Adapter APC 3 5 f to Type N f Figure 2 7 System Related Side...

Page 59: ...1 minute then press the following keys 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 130 4kHz5 4SGL SWP5 5 Wait for the completion of the sweep then press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NN...

Page 60: ...key 4 5 step down key 9 Measure the system related sideband below the signal by pressing 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH Record the Marker 1 Amplitude as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record The system related sideband below the signal should be 65 dBc Performance Veri cation Tests 2 31 ...

Page 61: ...als The EMC analyzer marker functions are used to measure this frequency di erence and the marker reading is compared to the speci cation Equipment Required Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer Level Generator Signal Generator Power Splitter Adapter Type N m to Type N m Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 f Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in Cable Type N 152 cm 60 in Figure 2 8 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy ...

Page 62: ... CW 1700 MHz POWER LEVEL 05 dBm 4 On the signal generator set the controls as follows FREQUENCY LOCKED MODE 200 MHz CW OUTPUT 0 dBm 5 Adjust the EMC analyzer center frequency if necessary to place the lower frequency on the second vertical graticule line one division from the left most graticule line 6 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press the follow...

Page 63: ... performance veri cation test record The MKR 1 reading should be between 1446 MHz and 1554 MHz Figure 2 9 10 1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Test Setup HP 8591EM Part 2 10 1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Perform Part 1 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy before performing this procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 9 Note that the power splitter...

Page 64: ...rst graticule line is the left most 7 Record the MKR 1 frequency reading in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 2 The MKR 1 frequency reading should be within the limits shown 8 Press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 then NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF on the EMC analyzer 9 Change the equipment to the next settings listed in Table 2...

Page 65: ...able 15 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK 16 R...

Page 66: ...Hz 99 00 kHz 69 960 70 040 78 00 kHz 5 82 06 kHz 10 00 kHz 69 996 70 004 7 80 kHz 6 8 20 kHz 1 00 kHz 69 9996 70 0004 0 78 kHz 7 0 82 kHz 300 00 Hz1 69 99988 70 00012 225 00 Hz 255 00 Hz 1 This is not an EMC analyzer speci cation however the 300 Hz span is tested to 65 to keep the narrow bandwidth accuracy and residual FM measurement uncertainty at a minimum If the 300 Hz span accuracy is 5 the ad...

Page 67: ...MC analyzer marker functions are used to measure this frequency di erence and the marker reading is compared to the speci cation Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Synthesizer level generator Signal generator Power splitter Adapter Type N m to Type N m Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 f Cable APC 3 5 91 cm 36 in Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in Cable Type N 152 cm 60 in or Adapter APC 3 5 f to Type N f Ad...

Page 68: ... 11 Frequency Span Readout Test Setup HP 8594EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts Part 1 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Part 2 10 1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Perform Part 1 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy before performing Part 2 10 1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Performance Veri cation Tests 2 39 ...

Page 69: ...e 6 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK The two markers should be o...

Page 70: ...is used as a combiner 2 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 70 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 1 4MHz5 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 74 MHz POWER LEVEL 05 dBm 4 Set the synthesizer level generator controls as follows FREQUENCY 66 MHz AMPLITUDE 0 dBm 5 A...

Page 71: ...MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK 11 Record the MKR 1 frequency reading in the performance veri cation test record 12 Repeat steps 8 through 11 for the ...

Page 72: ...nthesizer Level Generator Frequency Synthesized Sweeper Frequency MKR 1 Reading MHz MHz Min TR Entry Max 10 10 MHz 66 000 74 000 7 70 MHz 2 8 30 MHz 10 00 MHz 66 000 74 000 7 80 MHz 3 8 20 MHz 100 00 kHz 69 960 70 040 78 00 kHz 4 82 00 kHz 99 00 kHz 69 960 70 040 78 00 kHz 5 82 00 kHz 10 00 kHz 69 996 70 004 7 80 kHz 6 8 20 kHz 1 00 kHz 69 9996 70 0004 0 78 kHz 7 0 82 kHz 300 00 Hz1 69 99988 70 00...

Page 73: ...test determines the slope of the IF lter in hertz per decibel Hz dB and then measures the signal amplitude variation caused by the residual FM Multiplying these two values yields the residual FM in hertz The narrow bandwidth test uses a 300 Hz span This span is not speci ed however it is tested in Frequency Span Accuracy There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipmen...

Page 74: ...age to disappear then press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER REF LVL 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 ON OFF OFF 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN M...

Page 75: ...y the MKR 1 amplitude in dB to obtain the slope of the IF bandwidth lter For example if the MKR 1 frequency is 1 08 kHz and the MKR 1 amplitude is 3 92 dB the slope would be equal to 275 5 Hz dB Record the result below Slope Hz dB 2 46 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 76: ...Hz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 100 4ms5 4SGL SWP5 Note The displayed trace should be about three divisions below the reference level If it is not press 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 4FREQUENCY5 and use the knob to place the displayed trace about three divisions below the reference level Press 4SGL SWP5 10 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 77: ...er keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER REF LVL 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 ON OFF OFF 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4SGL SWP5 3 Wait for the completion of a new sweep on the EMC analyzer then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNN...

Page 78: ...10 Residual FM HP 8591EM Slope Hz dB Performance Veri cation Tests 2 49 ...

Page 79: ...he displayed trace is approximately 3 divisions below the reference level then press 4SGL SWEEP5 8 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER PK PK Read the MKR 1 amplitude take its absolute value and record the result as the Deviation Deviation dB 9 Calculate the Residual FM by multiplying the Slope recorded ...

Page 80: ...nal in the mixing process The test determines the slope of the IF lter in hertz per decibel Hz dB and then measures the signal amplitude variation caused by the residual FM Multiplying these two values yields the residual FM in hertz The narrow bandwidth test uses a 300 Hz span This span is not speci ed however it is tested in Frequency Span Accuracy There are no related adjustment procedures for ...

Page 81: ...nalyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 500 4MHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 98 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4BW5 1 4kHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRAC...

Page 82: ...60 1 dB setting then make the following EMC analyzer settings 4SPAN5 5 4kHz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 5 Rotate the EMC analyzer knob counterclockwise until the MKR 1 amplitude reads 01 dB 60 1 dB Press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 Rotate the knob counterclockwise until the MKR 1 amplitude reads 04 dB 60 1 dB 6 Divide the MKR 1 fr...

Page 83: ... 4SWEEP TRIG5 100 4ms5 4SGL SWP5 Note The displayed trace should be about three divisions below the reference level If it is not press 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 4FREQUENCY5 and use the knob to place the displayed trace about three divisions below the reference level Press 4SGL SWP5 10 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 84: ...ress the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER REF LVL 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 ON OFF OFF 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4SGL SWP5 3 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 ...

Page 85: ...11 Residual FM HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM and HP 8596EM Slope Hz dB 2 56 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 86: ...nob until the displayed trace is approximately 3 divisions below the reference level then press 4SGL SWEEP5 8 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER PK PK Read the MKR 1 amplitude take its absolute value and record the result as the Deviation Deviation dB 9 Calculate the Residual FM by multiplying the Slop...

Page 87: ...ponse in the time domain The marker delta frequency function on the EMC analyzer is used to read out the sweep time accuracy If you are testing an EMC analyzer equipped with Option 101 or Option 301 also perform the Fast Time Domain Sweeps test for the speci c EMC analyzer model There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesizer function generator S...

Page 88: ...NNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LIN 6 Adjust signal amplitude for a midscreen display 7 Set the signal generator AM switch to the AC position 8 On the EMC analyzer press 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Trigger NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN VIDEO then adjust the video trigger so that the EMC analyzer is sweeping 9 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 After the completion of the sweep press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 89: ...d in Table 2 6 Then repeat steps 9 and 10 for the TR entry Table 2 6 Sweep Time Accuracy EMC Analyzer Sweep Time Setting Synthesizer Function Generator Frequency Minimum Reading TR Entry MKR 1 Maximum Reading 20 ms 500 0 Hz 15 4 ms 1 16 6 ms 100 ms 100 0 Hz 77 0 ms 2 83 0 ms 1 s 10 0 Hz 770 0 ms 3 830 0 ms 10 s 1 0 Hz 7 7 s 4 8 3 s 2 60 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 90: ...decreased in 10 dB steps and the analyzer marker functions are used to measure the amplitude di erence between steps The source s internal attenuator is used as the reference standard The test is performed in both log and linear amplitude scales Equipment Required Synthesizer level generator Attenuator 1 dB step Attenuator 10 dB step Cable BNC 122 cm 48 in Cable BNC 20 cm 9 in Adapter Type N m to ...

Page 91: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 50 4kHz5 Wait for the auto zoom routine to nish then set the IF bandwidth and the averaging bandwidth by pressing the following keys 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 3 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4 If necessary adjust the 1 dB step attenuator attenuati...

Page 92: ...lowest nominal amplitude listed in Table 2 7 9 Record the Actual MKR 1 amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as indicated by Table 2 7 The MKR amplitude should be within the limits shown 10 Repeat steps 8 through 9 for the remaining Synthesizer Level Generator Nominal Amplitudes listed in Table 2 7 11 For each Actual MKR 1 reading recorded in Table 2 7 subtract the previous ...

Page 93: ... 7 027 42 24 022 dBm 032 032 62 8 031 38 25 026 dBm 036 036 66 9 035 34 26 030 dBm 040 040 70 10 039 30 27 034 dBm 044 044 74 11 043 26 28 038 dBm 048 048 78 12 047 22 29 042 dBm 052 052 82 13 051 18 30 046 dBm 056 056 86 14 055 14 31 050 dBm 060 060 90 15 059 10 32 054 dBm 064 064 94 16 063 06 N A 058 dBm 068 068 98 17 067 02 N A 12 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 94: ...015 44 53 010 dBm 020 020 60 37 019 40 54 014 dBm 024 024 64 38 023 36 55 018 dBm 028 028 68 39 027 32 56 022 dBm 032 032 72 40 031 28 57 026 dBm 036 036 76 41 035 24 58 030 dBm 040 040 80 42 039 20 59 034 dBm 044 044 84 43 043 16 60 038 dBm 048 048 88 44 047 12 61 042 dBm 052 052 92 45 051 08 62 046 dBm 056 056 96 46 055 04 63 050 dBm 060 061 00 47 059 00 64 054 dBm 064 065 04 48 062 96 N A 058 d...

Page 95: ...on until the MKR reads approximately 223 6 mV It may be necessary to decrease the resolution of the amplitude increment of the synthesizer level generator to 0 01 dB to obtain a MKR reading of 223 6 mV 6 0 4 mV 18 On the synthesizer level generator press AMPLITUDE then use the increment keys to adjust the amplitude until the EMC analyzer MKR amplitude reads 223 6 mV 60 4 mV 19 On the EMC analyzer ...

Page 96: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 300 4Hz5 4SPAN5 10 4kHz5 25 Repeat steps 17 through 22 for the narrow IF bandwidths Record the results as indicated in Table 2 10 The scale delity in linear mode is complete Continue with step 26 Table 2 10 Scale Fidelity Linear Mode for Narrow Bandwidths Synthesizer Level Generator Nominal Amplitude of Ref Level nominal MKR Reading Min mV TR Entry Ma...

Page 97: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 30 Record the peak marker reading in Log mode below Log Mode Amplitude Reading dB V 31 Press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LIN to change the scale to linear 32 Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH th...

Page 98: ...NNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 38 Record the peak marker reading in Log mode below Log Mode Amplitude Reading dB V 39 Subtract the Log Mode Amplitude Reading from the Linear Mode Amplitude Reading then record this value as the Linear Log Error Linear Log Error dB 40 Record the Linear Log Error as TR Entry 73 in the performance veri cation t...

Page 99: ...eps The source s internal attenuator is used as the reference standard The test is performed in both log and linear amplitude scales It is only necessary to test reference levels as low as 17 dB V with 10 dB attenuation since lower reference levels are a function of the EMC analyzer microprocessor manipulating the trace data There is no error associated with the trace data manipulation Equipment R...

Page 100: ...MPLITUDE5 87 4 dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4BW5 3 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4 Set the 1 dB step attenuator to place the signal peak one to two dB one to two divisions below the reference level 5 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 101: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LIN 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Amptd Units NNNNNNNNNNNNNN dB V 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 11 Set the 1 dB step ...

Page 102: ...ence Level MKR 1 Reading dB dBm dB V Min TR Entry Max 010 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 97 00 4 10 0 4 10 107 00 5 11 0 5 020 77 00 4 12 0 4 030 67 00 5 13 0 5 040 57 00 8 14 0 8 050 47 01 0 15 1 0 060 37 01 1 16 1 1 070 27 01 2 17 1 2 080 17 01 3 18 1 3 Narrow Bandwidths 15 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4 dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4BW...

Page 103: ...eference Level MKR 1 Reading dB dBm dB V Min TR Entry Max 010 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 97 00 4 19 0 4 10 107 00 5 20 0 5 020 77 00 4 21 0 4 030 67 00 5 22 0 5 040 57 00 8 23 0 8 050 47 01 1 24 1 1 060 37 01 2 25 1 2 070 27 01 3 26 1 3 080 17 01 4 27 1 4 19 Repeat steps 8 through 13 using Table 2 14 for the narrow IF bandwidths 20 Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test...

Page 104: ...evel Generator Amplitude EMC Analyzer Reference Level MKR 1 Reading dB dBm dB V Min TR Entry Max 010 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 97 00 4 28 0 4 10 107 00 5 29 0 5 020 77 00 4 30 0 4 030 67 00 5 31 0 5 040 57 00 8 32 0 8 050 47 01 1 33 1 1 060 37 01 2 34 1 2 070 27 01 3 35 1 3 080 17 01 4 36 1 4 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 75 ...

Page 105: ... steps The source internal attenuator is used as the reference standard The test is performed in both log and linear amplitude scales It is only necessary to test reference levels as low as 17 db V with 10 dB attenuation since lower reference levels are a function of the EMC analyzer microprocessor manipulating the trace data There is no error associated with the trace data manipulation Equipment ...

Page 106: ... step attenuator to 0 dB attenuation 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 50 4k...

Page 107: ...MC analyzer reference level according to Table 2 15 7 At each setting press 4SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer 8 Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2 15 The MKR 1 reading should be within the limits shown 9 Repeat steps 6 through 8 for each entry in Table 2 15 Table 2 15 Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Synthesizer Level Generator Amplit...

Page 108: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 13 Set the 1 dB step attenuator to place the signal peak one to two divisions below the reference level 14 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 15 Set the s...

Page 109: ... dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 300 4Hz5 4SPAN5 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 20 Set the synthesizer level generator to 010 dBm 21 Set the 1 dB step attenuator to place the signal peak one to two dB one to two divisions below the re...

Page 110: ...le 2 17 Table 2 17 Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode for Narrow Bandwidths Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude EMC Analyzer Reference Level MKR 1 Reading dB dBm dB V Min TR Entry Max 010 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 97 00 4 19 0 4 10 107 00 5 20 0 5 020 77 00 4 21 0 4 030 67 00 5 22 0 5 040 57 00 8 23 0 8 050 47 01 1 24 1 1 060 37 01 2 25 1 2 070 27 01 3 26 1 3 080 17 01 4 27 1 4 27 Repeat steps 10 th...

Page 111: ...hs Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude EMC Analyzer Reference Level MKR 1 Reading dB dBm dB V Min TR Entry Max 010 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 97 00 4 28 0 4 10 107 00 5 29 0 5 020 77 00 4 30 0 4 030 67 00 5 31 0 5 040 57 00 8 32 0 8 050 47 01 1 33 1 1 060 37 01 2 34 1 2 070 27 01 3 35 1 3 080 17 01 4 36 1 4 2 82 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 112: ...calibration routine is nished To measure the resolution IF bandwidth switching uncertainty an amplitude reference is taken with the bandwidth set to 3 kHz using the marker delta function The bandwidth is changed to settings between 3 MHz and 1 kHz and the amplitude variation is measured at each setting and compared to the speci cation The span is changed as necessary to maintain approximately the ...

Page 113: ...HP 8596EM only NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN COUPLE AC DC DC 3 Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH then record the marker reading in TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The marker reading should be within 86 85 and 87 15 dB V Resolution IF Band...

Page 114: ...rding to Table 2 19 Table 2 19 Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty EMC Analyzer MKR 1 TRK Amplitude Reading IF BW Setting SPAN Setting Min dB TR Entry Max dB 3 kHz 50 kHz 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 1 kHz 50 kHz 00 5 2 0 5 9 kHz 50 kHz 00 4 3 0 4 10 kHz 50 kHz 00 4 4 0 4 30 kHz 500 kHz 00 4 5 0 4 100 kHz 500 kHz 00 4 6 0 4 120 kHz 500 kHz 00 4 7 0 4 300 kHz 5 MHz 00 4 8 0 4 1 MHz 10 MHz 00 4 9 0 4...

Page 115: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH then record the MKR 1 TRK amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2 20 The amplitude reading should be within the limits shown 12 Repeat steps 10 through 11 for each of the remaining bandwidth and span settings listed in Table 2 20 Table 2 20 Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty for Narrow Bandwidths EMC Analyze...

Page 116: ...d in amplitude by either 3 dB or 6 dB to determine the reference point A marker reference is set and the synthesizer output is increased to its previous level The frequency of the synthesizer is reduced then recorded when the resulting marker amplitude matches the previously set marker reference The synthesizer frequency is increased so that it is tuned on the opposite point on the skirt of the lt...

Page 117: ...ys 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ZERO SPAN 4BW5 3 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4 On the synthesizer level generator set MANUAL TUNE ON OFF to ON 5 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR5 6 Adjust the frequency of the synthesizer level generator for...

Page 118: ...r level generator frequency readout in column 1 of Table 2 21 12 Using the synthesizer level generator knob raise the frequency so that the marker delta amplitude is maximum Continue increasing the frequency until the marker reads 0 0 6 0 05 dB 13 Record the synthesizer level generator frequency readout in column 2 of Table 2 21 14 Adjust the synthesizer level generator frequency for maximum ampli...

Page 119: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER NORMAL 19 On the synthesizer level generator press FREQUENCY Adjust the frequency for a maximum marker reading 20 On the synthesizer level generator press AMPLITUDE and INCR 4 5 step down key 21 Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 on the EMC analyzer 22 On the synthesizer level generator press INCR 4 5 step up key 23 On the synthesizer level generato...

Page 120: ...s the Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2 22 RES BW Accuracy Upper Frequency 0 Lower Frequency Table 2 22 EMI Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy EMC Analyzer RES BW Column 1 Synthesizer Lower Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Upper Frequency TR Entry 9 kHz 8 120 kHz 9 1 MHz 10 30 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset rou...

Page 121: ...he bandwidth settings listed in Table 2 23 Table 2 23 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy for Narrow Bandwidths Resolution IF Bandwidth Frequency Span TR Entry 03 dB Readout 300 Hz 1 kHz 11 100 Hz 1 kHz 12 30 Hz 300 Hz 13 6 dB EMI 200 Hz Bandwidths It is normal for the 200 Hz bandwidth shape to have a dip in the center of the response 34 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4AUX USER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 122: ...ference Accuracy test to verify the CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver used as a power meter Power meter Power sensor low power with a 50 MHz reference attenuator Power sensor 100 kHz to 1800 MHz Power splitter 10 dB Attenuator Type N m to f dc 12 4 GHz Filter low pass 300 MHz Cable Type N 152 cm 60 in Adapter APC 3 5 f to Type N f Adapter Type N f to BNC m...

Page 123: ...or without the reference attenuator or damage to the low power power sensor will occur 2 Zero and calibrate the power meter and low power power sensor as described in the power meter operation manual 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 300 MHz POWER LEVEL 015 dBm Figure 2 21 LPF Characterization 4 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 21 Co...

Page 124: ... power meter reading in dB in the worksheet as the Uncorrected Insertion Loss This is the relative uncorrected insertion loss of the LPF attenuator and adapters 10 Subtract the Mismatch Error step 8 from the Uncorrected Insertion Loss step 9 This is the corrected insertion loss Record this value in the worksheet as the Corrected Insertion Loss Example If the Mismatch Error is 0 3 dB and the Uncorr...

Page 125: ...r press the dBm mode key Record the Power Meter Reading in dBm in the worksheet as the Power Meter Reading 13 Subtract the Corrected Insertion Loss step 10 from the Power Meter Reading step 12 CAL OUT Power Power Meter Reading 0 Corrected Insertion Loss Example If the Corrected Insertion Loss is 010 0 dB and the power meter reading is 030 dB then 030 dB 0 010 0 dB 020 dB 14 Record this value as TR...

Page 126: ...Accuracy HP 8590 EM Series Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy Worksheet Description Measurement Mismatch Error dB Uncorrected Insertion Loss dB Corrected Insertion Loss dB Power Meter Reading dBm Performance Veri cation Tests 2 97 ...

Page 127: ... meter is placed in RATIO mode At each new sweeper frequency and EMC analyzer center frequency setting the sweeper s power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to 300 MHz CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver used as a power meter Synthesizer...

Page 128: ...er controls as follows CW 300 MHz FREQ STEP 50 MHz POWER LEVEL 08 dBm 4 On the EMC analyzer press 4PRESET5 and wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 5 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4 dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG ...

Page 129: ...s the Error Relative to 300 MHz at 50 MHz 11 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 100 MHz 12 Press 4FREQUENCY5 100 4MHz5 on the EMC analyzer 13 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 05 dB 14 Set the sensor Cal Factor on the measuring receiver then record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver in column 2 of ...

Page 130: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish 20 Adjust the synthesizer level generator amplitude until the MKR TRK reads 93 dB V This corresponds to the amplitude at 50 MHz recorded in step 11 Record the synthesizer level generator amplitu...

Page 131: ... to each of the Response Relative to 50 MHz entries in Table 2 25 the Error Relative to 300 MHz at 50 MHz recorded in step 11 Record the results as the Response Relative to 300 MHz column 4 in Table 2 25 Test Results Perform the following steps to verify the frequency response of the EMC analyzer 1 Enter the most positive number from Table 2 25 column 4 dB 2 Enter the most positive number from Tab...

Page 132: ...CTOR Frequency GHz 50 0 03 100 0 1 150 0 1 200 0 3 250 0 3 300 Ref 0 3 350 0 3 400 0 3 450 0 3 500 0 3 550 1 0 600 1 0 650 1 0 700 1 0 750 1 0 800 1 0 850 1 0 900 1 0 Column 1 EMC Analyzer Frequency MHz Column 2 Error Relative to 300 MHz dB Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 950 1 0 1000 1 0 1050 1 0 1100 1 0 1150 1 0 1200 1 0 1250 1 0 1300 1 0 1350 1 0 1400 1 0 1450 1 0 1500 1 0 1550 2 0 1600 2 0 ...

Page 133: ...MHz Worksheet Column 1 EMC Analyzer Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude dBm Column 3 Response Relative to 50 MHz Column 4 Response Relative to 300 MHz 50 MHz 0 Ref 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 9 kHz 2 104 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 134: ...in RATIO mode At each new synthesized sweeper frequency and analyzer center frequency setting the synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to 300 MHz CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver used as a power meter Synthesize...

Page 135: ...RESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 2 9 Gz BAND 0 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 136: ...the negative of the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver in column 2 of Table 2 26 as the Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz 12 Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 100 MHz 13 On the EMC analyzer press 4FREQUENCY5 100 4MHz5 14 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 15 Record the negative of the power ratio dis...

Page 137: ...thesized sweeper CW to 2 75 GHz 20 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 21 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 22 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver in Table 2 27 column 2 23 Set the synt...

Page 138: ...More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 27 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 6 0 GHz 28 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 29 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 30 Record the negative o...

Page 139: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 34 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 12 4 GHz 35 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 36 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 37 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on...

Page 140: ...re 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 41 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 19 1 GHz 42 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 43 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 44 Record the negative of...

Page 141: ...N Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN BND LOCK ON OFF OFF 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 ...

Page 142: ...equencies listed in Table 2 32 55 At each frequency adjust the synthesizer level generator amplitude for a MKR 1 TRK amplitude reading of 0 00 dB 60 05 dB Record the amplitude displayed on the synthesizer level generator in column 2 of Table 2 32 as the Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude 56 For each of the frequencies in Table 2 32 subtract the Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude Reading colu...

Page 143: ...cy Response Band 1 1 Enter the most positive number from Table 2 27 column 2 as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record 2 Enter the most negative number from Table 2 27 column 2 as TR Entry 5 of the performance veri cation test record 3 Subtract step 2 from step 1 Enter this value as TR Entry 6 of the performance veri cation test record Frequency Response Band 2 1 Enter the most posi...

Page 144: ... 1 Enter the most positive number from Table 2 30 column 1 as TR Entry 13 of the performance veri cation test record 2 Enter the most negative number from Table 2 30 column 2 as TR Entry 14 of the performance veri cation test record 3 Subtract step 2 from step 1 Enter this value as TR Entry 15 of the performance veri cation test record Frequency Response Band 4 for Option 026 or 027 1 Enter the mo...

Page 145: ...05 200 0 05 300 0 05 400 0 05 500 0 05 600 0 05 700 0 05 800 0 05 900 0 05 1000 0 05 1100 2 0 1200 2 0 1300 2 0 1400 2 0 Column 1 Frequency MHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 1500 2 0 1600 2 0 1700 2 0 1800 2 0 1900 2 0 2000 2 0 2100 2 0 2200 2 0 2300 2 0 2400 2 0 2500 3 0 2600 3 0 2700 3 0 2800 3 0 2900 3 0 2 116 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 146: ...0 3 2 3 0 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 0 3 5 4 0 3 6 4 0 3 7 4 0 3 8 4 0 3 9 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 1 4 0 4 2 4 0 4 3 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 5 5 0 4 6 5 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 4 7 5 0 4 8 5 0 4 9 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 1 5 0 5 2 5 0 5 3 5 0 5 4 5 0 5 5 6 0 5 6 6 0 5 7 6 0 5 8 6 0 5 9 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 1 6 0 6 2 6 0 6 3 6 0 6 4 6 0 6 5 6 0 Performance...

Page 147: ...0 7 0 7 0 7 2 7 0 7 4 7 0 7 6 8 0 7 8 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 2 8 0 8 4 8 0 8 6 9 0 8 8 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 2 9 0 9 4 9 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 9 6 10 0 9 8 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 2 10 0 10 4 10 0 10 6 11 0 10 8 11 0 11 0 11 0 11 2 11 0 11 4 11 0 11 6 12 0 11 8 12 0 12 0 12 0 12 2 12 0 12 4 12 0 12 6 13 0 12 8 13 0 2 118 Perfo...

Page 148: ... 6 14 0 13 8 14 0 14 0 14 0 14 2 14 0 14 4 14 0 14 6 15 0 14 8 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 2 15 0 15 4 15 0 15 6 16 0 15 8 16 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 16 0 16 0 16 2 16 0 16 4 16 0 16 6 17 0 16 8 17 0 17 0 17 0 17 2 17 0 17 4 17 0 17 6 18 0 17 8 18 0 18 0 18 0 18 2 18 0 18 4 18 0 18 6 19 0 18 8 19 0 19 0 19 0 19 2 19...

Page 149: ... 4 19 0 19 5 20 0 19 6 20 0 19 7 20 0 19 8 20 0 19 9 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 1 20 0 20 2 20 0 20 3 20 0 20 4 20 0 20 5 21 0 Column1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 20 6 21 0 20 7 21 0 20 8 21 0 20 9 21 0 21 0 21 0 21 1 21 0 21 2 21 0 21 3 21 0 21 4 21 0 21 5 22 0 21 6 22 0 21 7 22 0 21 8 22 0 21 9 22 0 22 0 22 0 2 120 Performance ...

Page 150: ...3 20 0 20 5 21 0 20 7 21 0 20 9 21 0 21 1 21 0 21 3 21 0 21 5 22 0 21 7 22 0 21 9 22 0 22 1 22 0 22 3 22 0 22 5 23 0 22 7 23 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 22 9 23 0 23 1 23 0 23 3 23 0 23 5 24 0 23 7 24 0 23 9 24 0 24 1 24 0 24 3 24 0 24 5 25 0 24 7 25 0 24 9 25 0 25 1 25 0 25 3 25 5 25 5 25 5 25 7 25 5 25 9 26 ...

Page 151: ...lumn 1 EMC Analyzer Synthesizer Level Generator Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude dBm Column 3 Response Relative to 50 MHz Column 4 Response Relative to 300 MHz 50 MHz 0 Reference 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 2 122 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 152: ... measuring receiver used as a power meter is placed in RATIO mode At each new sweeper frequency and analyzer center frequency setting the sweeper s power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to 300 MHz CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver us...

Page 153: ...analyzer controls by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 5 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4 dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 154: ...ver then record the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver below Record the negative of the power ratio in Table 2 33 Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz dB 12 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 100 MHz 13 Press 4FREQUENCY5 100 4MHz5 on the EMC analyzer 14 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 15 Set the power sensor ca...

Page 155: ...se Test Setup 50 MHz HP 8594EM 18 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 28 with the power sensor connected to power splitter 19 Set the synthesizer level generator controls as follows FREQUENCY 50 MHz AMPLITUDE 08 dBm AMPTD INCR 0 05 dB 20 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF then set the co...

Page 156: ...r level generator amplitude here and in Table 2 34 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude Setting 50 MHz dBm 23 Replace the power sensor with the 50 termination 24 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNN...

Page 157: ... MHz entries in Table 2 34 the Measuring Receiver Reading for 50 MHz listed in Table 2 33 Record the results as the Response Relative to 300 MHz column 4 in Table 2 34 28 Record the test results in the performance veri cation test record by performing the following steps a Enter the most positive number from Table 2 34 column 4 dB b Enter the most positive number from Table 2 33 column 2 dB c Ente...

Page 158: ...200 0 05 300 0 05 400 0 05 500 0 05 600 0 05 700 0 05 800 0 05 900 0 05 1000 0 05 1100 2 0 1200 2 0 1300 2 0 1400 2 0 Column 1 Frequency MHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 1500 2 0 1600 2 0 1700 2 0 1800 2 0 1900 2 0 2000 2 0 2100 2 0 2200 2 0 2300 2 0 2400 2 0 2500 3 0 2600 3 0 2700 3 0 2800 3 0 2900 3 0 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 129 ...

Page 159: ...n 1 EMC Analyzer Synthesizer Level Generator Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude dBm Column 3 Response Relative to 50 MHz Column 4 Response Relative to 300 MHz 50 MHz 0 Reference 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 2 130 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 160: ...in RATIO mode At each new synthesized sweeper frequency and analyzer center frequency setting the synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to 300 MHz CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver used as a power meter Synthesize...

Page 161: ...FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 2 9 Gz BAND 0 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 97 4 dB V5 4AMPLITUDE 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 ...

Page 162: ...asuring receiver below then record the negative of this value in column 2 of Table 2 35 as the Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz dB 12 Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 100 MHz 13 Set the EMC analyzer CENTER FREQUENCY to 100 MHz 14 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 15 Record ...

Page 163: ...thesized sweeper CW to 2 75 GHz 20 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 21 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 22 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver in Table 2 36 column 2 23 Set the synt...

Page 164: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN BND LOCK ON OFF OFF 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW ...

Page 165: ...7 34 At each frequency adjust the synthesizer level generator amplitude for a MKR 1 TRK amplitude reading of 0 00 60 05 dB Record the synthesizer level generator Amplitude Setting in Table 2 37 as the synthesizer level generator Amplitude 35 For each of the frequencies in Table 2 37 subtract the synthesizer level generator Amplitude Reading column 2 from the synthesizer level generator Amplitude S...

Page 166: ... 35 column 2 dB 6 Enter the more negative of numbers from step 4 and step 5 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record 7 Subtract step 6 from step 3 Enter this value as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record relative atness Frequency Response Band 1 1 Enter the most positive number from Table 2 36 column 2 as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record 2 Ente...

Page 167: ...05 200 0 05 300 0 05 400 0 05 500 0 05 600 0 05 700 0 05 800 0 05 900 0 05 1000 0 05 1100 2 0 1200 2 0 1300 2 0 1400 2 0 Column 1 Frequency MHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 1500 2 0 1600 2 0 1700 2 0 1800 2 0 1900 2 0 2000 2 0 2100 2 0 2200 2 0 2300 2 0 2400 2 0 2500 3 0 2600 3 0 2700 3 0 2800 3 0 2900 3 0 2 138 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 168: ...0 3 2 3 0 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 0 3 5 4 0 3 6 4 0 3 7 4 0 3 8 4 0 3 9 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 1 4 0 4 2 4 0 4 3 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 5 5 0 4 6 5 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 4 7 5 0 4 8 5 0 4 9 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 1 5 0 5 2 5 0 5 3 5 0 5 4 5 0 5 5 6 0 5 6 6 0 5 7 6 0 5 8 6 0 5 9 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 1 6 0 6 2 6 0 6 3 6 0 6 4 6 0 6 5 6 0 Performance...

Page 169: ...lumn 1 EMC Analyzer Synthesizer Level Generator Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude dBm Column 3 Response Relative to 50 MHz Column 4 Response Relative to 300 MHz 50 MHz 0 Reference 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 2 140 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 170: ...in RATIO mode At each new synthesized sweeper frequency and analyzer center frequency setting the synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to 300 MHz CAL OUT frequency Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver used as a power meter Synthesize...

Page 171: ...RESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 2 9 Gz BAND 0 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 172: ...asuring receiver below then record the negative of this value in column 2 of Table 2 38 as the Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz Measuring Receiver Reading at 50 MHz dB 12 Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 100 MHz 13 Set the EMC analyzer CENTER FREQUENCY to 100 MHz 14 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 15 Record ...

Page 173: ...thesized sweeper CW to 2 75 GHz 20 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 21 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 22 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the measuring receiver in Table 2 39 column 2 23 Set the synt...

Page 174: ...More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 27 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 6 0 GHz 28 On the EMC analyzer press 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK 29 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60 1 dB 30 Record the negative o...

Page 175: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN BND LOCK ON OFF OFF 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW ...

Page 176: ...tting in Table 2 41 as the synthesizer level generator Amplitude 42 For each of the frequencies in Table 2 41 subtract the synthesizer level generator Amplitude Reading column 2 from the synthesizer level generator Amplitude Setting 50 MHz recorded in step 37 Record the result as the Response Relative to 50 MHz column 3 of Table 2 41 43 Add to each of the Response Relative to 50 MHz entries in Tab...

Page 177: ...rmance veri cation test record 2 Enter the most negative number from Table 2 39 column 2 as TR Entry 5 of the performance veri cation test record 3 Subtract step 2 from step 1 Enter this value as TR Entry 6 of the performance veri cation test record Frequency Response Band 2 1 Enter the most positive number from Table 2 40 column 2 as TR Entry 7 of the performance veri cation test record 2 Enter t...

Page 178: ...05 200 0 05 300 0 05 400 0 05 500 0 05 600 0 05 700 0 05 800 0 05 900 0 05 1000 0 05 1100 2 0 1200 2 0 1300 2 0 1400 2 0 Column 1 Frequency MHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 1500 2 0 1600 2 0 1700 2 0 1800 2 0 1900 2 0 2000 2 0 2100 2 0 2200 2 0 2300 2 0 2400 2 0 2500 3 0 2600 3 0 2700 3 0 2800 3 0 2900 3 0 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 149 ...

Page 179: ...0 3 2 3 0 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 0 3 5 4 0 3 6 4 0 3 7 4 0 3 8 4 0 3 9 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 1 4 0 4 2 4 0 4 3 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 5 5 0 4 6 5 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 4 7 5 0 4 8 5 0 4 9 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 1 5 0 5 2 5 0 5 3 5 0 5 4 5 0 5 5 6 0 5 6 6 0 5 7 6 0 5 8 6 0 5 9 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 1 6 0 6 2 6 0 6 3 6 0 6 4 6 0 6 5 6 0 2 150 Perfo...

Page 180: ...0 7 0 7 0 7 2 7 0 7 4 7 0 7 6 8 0 7 8 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 2 8 0 8 4 8 0 8 6 9 0 8 8 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 2 9 0 9 4 9 0 Column 1 Frequency GHz Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading dB Preselector Peaked Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency GHz 9 6 10 0 9 8 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 2 10 0 10 4 10 0 10 6 11 0 10 8 11 0 11 0 11 0 11 2 11 0 11 4 11 0 11 6 12 0 11 8 12 0 12 0 12 0 12 2 12 0 12 4 12 0 12 6 13 0 12 8 13 0 Performance...

Page 181: ...lumn 1 EMC Analyzer Synthesizer Level Generator Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Level Generator Amplitude dBm Column 3 Response Relative to 50 MHz Column 4 Response Relative to 300 MHz 50 MHz 0 Reference 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 2 152 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 182: ...frequencies where image responses could occur At each source frequency the source amplitude is set to 020 dBm and the amplitude of the response if any is measured using the EMC analyzer marker function The marker amplitude di erence is then compared to the speci cation There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver use...

Page 183: ...AVE 1 6 Enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for 1142 8 MHz into the measuring receiver 7 Set the CW frequency on the synthesized sweeper to 1142 8 MHz 8 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a 020 dBm 60 1 dB reading on the measuring receiver 9 On the synthesized sweeper press SAVE 2 10 Enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for 500 MHz into the measuring receiver 11 Set the CW frequency on ...

Page 184: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER REF LVL 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 185: ...arker delta amplitude reading in Table 2 42 as the Actual MKR 1 Amplitude The Actual MKR 1 Amplitude should be greater than the Minimum MKR 1 Amplitude listed in the table below Note that the Minimum MKR 1 Amplitude is 10 dB more positive than the speci cation This is due to the 10 dB change in reference level made in step 15 Table 2 42 Image Responses Synthesized Sweeper CW Frequency TR Entry Act...

Page 186: ...eral di erent frequencies which should generate image multiple and out of band responses At each source frequency the source amplitude is set to 0 dBm and the amplitude of the response if any is measured using the EMC analyzer marker function The marker amplitude di erence is then compared to the speci cation There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required S...

Page 187: ...r 2 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper and set the controls as follows CW 2000 MHz POWER LEVEL 04 dBm 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 34 Connect the output of the synthesizer to the power sensor Option 026 only Connect the power splitter to the EMC analyzer input directly Do not use an adapter to connect the power splitter to the EMC analyzer 4 Press 4PRESET5 on the EM...

Page 188: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4AMPLITUDE5 4 5 step down key 4SGL SWP5 7 For each of the Band 0 frequencies listed in Table 2 43 do the following a Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency b Enter ...

Page 189: ...CONT SGL CONT Band 1 9 On the EMC analyzer press 4FREQUENCY5 4 4GHz5 10 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 4 GHz 11 Enter the power sensor 4 GHz CAL Factor into the measuring receiver 12 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL ...

Page 190: ... OFF 18 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the synthesized sweeper CW frequencies listed in Table 2 43 for Band 2 Band 3 19 On the EMC analyzer press 4FREQUENCY5 15 4GHz5 20 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 15 GHz 21 Enter the power sensor 15 GHz CAL Factor into the measuring receiver 22 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 191: ...uencies listed in Table 2 43 for Band 4 Band 4 for Option 026 or 027 Perform this section only if you EMC analyzer is equipped with Option 026 or Option 027 29 On the EMC analyzer press 4FREQUENCY5 24 4GHz5 30 Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 24 GHz 31 Enter the power sensor 24 GHz CAL Factor into the measuring receiver 32 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 192: ...1 Amplitude from Table 2 43 for Bands 1 2 and 3 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record 3 Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2 43 for Band 4 as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record Option 026 or 027 only Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2 43 for band 4 Option 026 or 027 as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record ...

Page 193: ...2 0 7921 4y 55 2 0 1820 8z 55 2 0 278 5z 55 1 4 0 4042 8 55 4 0 4642 8 55 4 0 8321 4y 55 4 0 3742 9z 55 2 9 0 9042 8 55 9 0 9642 8 55 9 0 4982 1y 55 9 0 9342 8z 55 3 15 0 15042 8 55 15 0 15642 8 55 15 0 4785 8y 55 15 0 15669 65z 55 4 21 0 21042 8 50 21 0 21642 8 50 21 0 5008 95y 55 21 0 21342 8z 50 4 24 24042 8 50 Option 026 24 24642 8 50 or 24 11839 3y 55 Option 027 24 20019 65z 50 Image Response...

Page 194: ...di erent frequencies which should generate image multiple and out of band responses At each source frequency the source amplitude is set to 0 dBm and the amplitude of the response if any is measured using the analyzer marker function The marker amplitude di erence is then compared to the speci cation There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance veri cation test Equipment Require...

Page 195: ...follows CW 2000 MHz POWER LEVEL 04 dBm 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 35 4 On the EMC analyzer press 4PRESET5 and wait for the preset to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 2 0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 5 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a 010 dBm 60 ...

Page 196: ... key 4SGL SWP5 7 For each of the frequencies listed in Table 2 44 for a center frequency of 2 0 GHz do the following a Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency b Enter the appropriate power sensor Cal Factor into the measuring receiver c Set the synthesized sweeper power level for a 010 dBm reading on the measuring receiver d Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for completion of a new sweep e O...

Page 197: ...record Table 2 44 Other Input Related Spurious Worksheet EMC Analyzer Center Frequency GHz Synthesized Sweeper CW Frequency MHz Actual MKR 1 Amplitude dBc Minimum MKR 1 Amplitude dBc 2 0 2042 8 55 2 0 2642 8 55 2 0 9842 8y 55 2 0 7921 4y 55 2 0 1820 8z 55 2 0 278 5z 55 Image Response y Out of Band Response z Multiple Response 2 168 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 198: ...veral di erent frequencies which should generate image multiple and out of band responses At each source frequency the source amplitude is set to 0 dBm and the amplitude of the response if any is measured using the EMC analyzer marker function The marker amplitude di erence is then compared to the speci cation There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required ...

Page 199: ...ceiver 2 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper and set the controls as follows CW 2000 MHz POWER LEVEL 04 dBm 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 36 Connect the output of the synthesizer to the power sensor 4 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 2 0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMP...

Page 200: ... 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4AMPLITUDE5 4 5 step down key 4SGL SWP5 7 For each of the frequencies listed in Table 2 45 do the following a Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency b Enter the appropriate power sensor CAL Factor into the measuring receiver c Set the synthesized sweeper power level for 010 dBm reading on th...

Page 201: ... the measuring receiver 12 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL PEAKING message to disappear then press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 13 Re...

Page 202: ...GHz Synthesized Sweeper CW Frequency MHz Actual MKR 1 Amplitude dBc Minimum MKR 1 Amplitude dBc 0 2 0 2042 8 55 2 0 2642 8 55 2 0 9842 8y 55 2 0 7921 4y 55 2 0 1820 8z 55 2 0 278 5z 55 1 4 0 4042 8 55 4 0 4642 8 55 4 0 8321 4y 55 4 0 3742 9z 55 Image Response y Out of Band Response z Multiple Response Performance Veri cation Tests 2 173 ...

Page 203: ...which should generate image multiple and out of band responses At each source frequency the source amplitude is set to 0 dBm and the amplitude of the response if any is measured using the EMC analyzer marker function The marker amplitude di erence is then compared to the speci cation There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Measuri...

Page 204: ...ceiver 2 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper and set the controls as follows CW 2000 MHz POWER LEVEL 04 dBm 3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 37 Connect the output of the synthesizer to the power sensor 4 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 2 0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMP...

Page 205: ... 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4AMPLITUDE5 4 5 step down key 4SGL SWP5 7 For each of the frequencies listed in Table 2 46 do the following a Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency b Enter the appropriate power sensor CAL Factor into the measuring receiver c Set the synthesized sweeper power level for 010 dBm reading on th...

Page 206: ...C analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL PEAKING message to disappear then press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 13 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the synthesized sweepe...

Page 207: ...sage to disappear then press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 18 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the synthesized sweeper CW frequencies listed in Table 2 46 for Band 2 2 178 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 208: ...ce veri cation test record Table 2 46 Other Input Related Spurious Worksheet Band EMC Analyzer Center Frequency GHz Synthesized Sweeper CW Frequency MHz Actual MKR 1 Amplitude dBc Minimum MKR 1 Amplitude dBc 0 2 0 2042 8 55 2 0 2642 8 55 2 0 9842 8y 55 2 0 7921 4y 55 2 0 1820 8z 55 2 0 278 5z 55 1 4 0 4042 8 55 4 0 4642 8 55 4 0 8321 4y 55 4 0 3742 9z 55 2 9 0 9042 8 55 9 0 9642 8 55 9 0 4982 1y 5...

Page 209: ...020 dBm at the mixer and the distortion products suppressed by 45 dBc the equivalent SOI is also 25 dBm 020 dBm 45 dBc For third order intermodulation distortion two signals are combined in a directional bridge for isolation and are applied to the EMC analyzer input The power level of the two signals is 8 dB higher than speci ed so the distortion products should be suppressed by 16 dB less than sp...

Page 210: ...C f Adapter Type N m to BNC m Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 30 MHz Part 2 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 50 MHz Perform Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 30 MHz before performing Part 2 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 50 MHz Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 30 MHz 1 Set the synthesizer level generator controls as...

Page 211: ... OFF ON 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear then press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4BW5 30 4kHz5 5 Adjust the synthesizer level generator amplitude to place the peak of the signal at the reference level 97 dB V 6 Set the EMC analyzer control as foll...

Page 212: ...rformance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1 Part 2 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 50 MHz 1 Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor in log mode power reads out in dBm as described in the measuring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor s 50 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 39 with the...

Page 213: ...el until the measuring receiver reads 012 dBm 60 05 dB 7 Disconnect the 100 kHz to 4 2 GHZ power sensor from the directional bridge Connect the directional bridge directly to the EMC analyzer RF INPUT using an adapter do not use a cable 8 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3...

Page 214: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH then press 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting The third order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal Their amplitude should be less than the disp...

Page 215: ...ws a On both the synthesized sweeper and the synthesized level generator increase the POWER LEVEL by 5 dB Distortion products should now be visible at this higher power level b On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ...

Page 216: ...oupler for isolation and are applied to the EMC analyzer input The power level of the two signals is 8 dB higher than speci ed so the distortion products should be suppressed by 16 dB less than speci ed In this manner the equivalent Third Order Intercept TOI is measured With two 030 dBm signals at the input mixer and the distortion products suppressed by 70 dBc the equivalent TOI is 5 dBm 030 dBm ...

Page 217: ... Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 2 Second Harmonic Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 3 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 4 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 2 9 GHz 1 Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 30 MHz POWER LEVEL 030 dBm 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 41 Option 026 only Use the BNC to SM...

Page 218: ...H NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR CF STEP 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4FREQUENCY5 7 Press the 4 5 step up key on the EMC analyzer to step to the second harmonic at 60 MHz Set the reference level to 57 dB V 8 Wait for one full sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 9 Record the MKR...

Page 219: ...ait until AVG 10 is displayed along the left side of the CRT display d Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH on the EMC analyzer and record the marker amplitude reading as the Noise Level at 5 6 GHz in Table 2 47 12 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 220: ... NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 19 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level until the Marker 1 Amplitude reads 0 dB 60 20 dB 20 Enter the power sensor 6 GH...

Page 221: ...lculate the desired maximum marker amplitude reading as follows a Add the Frequency Response Error FRE to 060 dBc speci cation is 0100 dBc but reference level will be changed by 40 dB to yield the required dynamic range then record as the Distortion limited Speci cation in Table 2 47 Distortion limited Speci cation 060 dBc FRE b Subtract 67 dB V reference level setting from Noise Level at 5 6 GHz ...

Page 222: ...r controls as follows CW 2 8 GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 26 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 2 8 4GHz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 223: ...NNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 31 Reinstall the lter between the synthesized sweeper output and the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 32 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 67 NNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 224: ...own in Figure 2 43 with the input of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor Figure 2 43 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup HP 8593EM 36 Press instrument preset on each synthesized sweeper Set each of the synthesized sweeper controls as follows POWER LEVEL 015 dBm CW synthesized sweeper 1 2 800 GHz CW synthesized sweeper 2 2 80005 GHz RF OFF 37 On the EMC analyzer pres...

Page 225: ...5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4FREQUENCY5 4 5 step up key 4MKR 5 NNN...

Page 226: ...AY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting 44 The third order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal Their amplitude should be less than the display line See Figure 2 44 Figure 2 44 Third Order In...

Page 227: ... 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 c Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion products d On both the synthesized...

Page 228: ...ler directly to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 53 On the EMC analyzer press the following 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ...

Page 229: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product c Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc 58 If the distortion products cannot be seen proceed as follows a On both the synthesized sweeper and ...

Page 230: ...cts should be suppressed by 16 dB less than speci ed In this manner the equivalent Third Order Intercept TOI is measured With two 030 dBm signals at the input mixer and the distortion products suppressed by 70 dBc the equivalent TOI is 5 dBm 030 dBm 70 dBc 2 However if two 022 dBm signals are present at the input mixer and the distortion products are suppressed by 54 dBc the equivalent TOI is also...

Page 231: ...s 4FREQUENCY5 30 4MHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 77 4 dB V5 4BW5 30 4kHz5 4 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level to place the peak of the signal at the reference level 77 dB V 5 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4BW5 1 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 100 4Hz5 6 Wait for two sweeps to nish then press the following EMC analyzer keys ...

Page 232: ...that the maximum MKR 1 Amplitude Reading is 20 dB higher than the speci cation This is a result of changing the reference level from 77 dB V to 57 dB V Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 9 Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 2 9 GHz power sensor combination in log mode RF power readout in dBm Enter the power sensor 3 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 10 Connect the...

Page 233: ...onal coupler Connect the directional coupler directly to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 using an adapter do not use a cable 15 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message t...

Page 234: ...NNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting 18 The third order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal Their amplitude should be less than the display line See Figure 2 47...

Page 235: ...ws a On both the synthesized sweeper and the synthesized level generator increase the POWER LEVEL by 5 dB Distortion products should now be visible at this higher power level b On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ...

Page 236: ...solation and are applied to the analyzer input The power level of the two signals is 8 dB higher than speci ed so the distortion products should be suppressed by 16 dB less than speci ed In this manner the equivalent Third Order Intercept TOI is measured With two 030 dBm signals at the input mixer and the distortion products suppressed by 70 dBc the equivalent TOI is 5 dBm 030 dBm 70 dBc 2 However...

Page 237: ...Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 4 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 2 9 GHz 1 Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 30 MHz POWER LEVEL 030 dBm 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 48 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys ...

Page 238: ...he second harmonic at 60 MHz Set the reference level to 057 dB V 8 Wait for one full sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 9 Record the MKR 1 Amplitude reading as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The amplitude reading should be less than the speci ed limit Note that the maximum MKR 1 Amplitude Reading is 20 dB higher than the speci cat...

Page 239: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH on the EMC analyzer and record the marker amplitude reading as the Noise Level at 5 6 GHz in Table 2 48 12 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4SPAN5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2 75 6 5 BAND 1 4FREQUENCY5 2 8 4G...

Page 240: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 19 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level until the Marker 1 Amplitude reads 0 dB 60 20 dB 20 Enter the power sensor 6 GHz Cal Factor into the power meter 21 Record the Power Meter Reading at 5 6 GHz in Table 2 48 22 Subtract t...

Page 241: ...n Worksheet Description Measurement Noise Level at 5 6 GHz dB V Power Meter Reading at 2 8 GHz dBm Power Meter Reading at 5 6 GHz dBm Frequency Response Error FRE dB Distortion limited Speci cation dBc Noise limited Speci cation dBc 2 212 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 242: ... level setting from Noise Level at 5 6 GHz then record in Table 2 48 Noise limited Speci cation Noise Level at 5 6 GHz 67 dB V c Record the more positive of the values recorded in a and b above as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record For example if the value in a is 059 dBc and the value in b is 061 dBc record 059 dBc Figure 2 49 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup 2 9 GHz HP 85...

Page 243: ... NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4FREQUENCY5 5 6 4GHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 29 Remove the lter and connect the synthesized sweeper output directly to the EMC analyzer INPUT 5...

Page 244: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH then record the Marker Amplitude Reading as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record The Marker Amplitude Reading should be more negative than the Speci cation previously recorded as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record Part 3 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz 34 Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 6 5 GHz po...

Page 245: ...TUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 97 4 dB V5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PEAK EXCURSN 3 4dB5 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN THRESHLD ON OFF ON 17 4 dB V5 38 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF on Adjust ...

Page 246: ...litude If necessary adjust the EMC analyzer center frequency until the two signals are centered on the display 42 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 100 4Hz5 43 Press the following analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 247: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 b Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product c Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record The MKR 1 rea...

Page 248: ...on test record The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc Part 4 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz 47 Enter the Power Sensor 4 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 48 Disconnect the directional coupler from the EMC analyzer then connect the power sensor to the output of the directional coupler 49 Set each of the synthesized sweeper controls as follows POWER LEVEL 015 dBm CW s...

Page 249: ...H NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER REF LVL 54 On synthesized sweeper 2 set RF on Adjust the power level until the two signals are displayed at the same amplitude If necessary adjust the EMC analyzer center frequency until the two signals are centered on the display 55 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4BW5...

Page 250: ...ws a On both the synthesized sweeper and the synthesized level generator increase the POWER LEVEL by 5 dB Distortion products should now be visible at this higher power level b On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ...

Page 251: ...e applied to the analyzer input The power level of the two signals is 8 dB higher than speci ed so the distortion products should be suppressed by 16 dB less than speci ed In this manner the equivalent Third Order Intercept TOI is measured With two 030 dBm signals at the input mixer and the distortion products suppressed by 70 dBc the equivalent TOI is 5 dBm 030 dBm 70 dBc 2 However if two 022 dBm...

Page 252: ...Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 4 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 2 9 GHz Part 1 Second Harmonic Distortion 2 9 GHz 1 Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 30 MHz POWER LEVEL 030 dBm 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 52 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys ...

Page 253: ...he second harmonic at 60 MHz Set the reference level to 57 dB V 8 Wait for one full sweep then press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 9 Record the MKR 1 Amplitude reading as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The amplitude reading should be less than the speci ed limit Note that the maximum MKR 1 Amplitude Reading is 20 dB higher than the speci cati...

Page 254: ...KER HIGH on the EMC analyzer and record the marker amplitude reading as the Noise Level at 5 6 GHz in Table 2 49 12 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2 75 6 5...

Page 255: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 19 Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level until the Marker 1 Amplitude reads 0 dB 60 20 dB 20 Enter the power sensor 6 GHz Cal Factor into the power meter 21 Record the Power Meter Reading at 5 6 GHz in Table 2 49 22 Subtract t...

Page 256: ...n Worksheet Description Measurement Noise Level at 5 6 GHz dB V Power Meter Reading at 2 8 GHz dBm Power Meter Reading at 5 6 GHz dBm Frequency Response Error FRE dB Distortion limited Speci cation dBc Noise limited Speci cation dBc Performance Veri cation Tests 2 227 ...

Page 257: ...e level setting from Noise Level at 5 6 GHz then record in Table 2 49 Noise limited Speci cation Noise Level at 5 6 GHz 67 dB V c Record the more positive of the values recorded in a and b above as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record For example if the value in a is 059 dBc and the value in b is 061 dBc record 059 dBc Figure 2 53 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup 2 9 GHz HP 8...

Page 258: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4FREQUENCY5 5 6 4GHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 29 Remove the lter and connect the synthesized sweeper output direct...

Page 259: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH then record the Marker Amplitude Reading as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record The Marker Amplitude Reading should be more negative than the Speci cation previously recorded as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record Figure 2 54 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup HP 8596EM Part 3 Third Order Intermod...

Page 260: ... 4 dB V5 38 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF on Adjust the power level until the measuring receiver reads 012 dBm 60 05 dB 39 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler Connect the directional coupler directly to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 using an adapter do not use a cable 40 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4...

Page 261: ...NNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting 44 The third order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower ...

Page 262: ... 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 and NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 c Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion products d On both the synthesized...

Page 263: ...nalyzer press the following key 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO...

Page 264: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product c Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc 58 If the distortion products cannot be seen proceed as follows a On both the synthesized sweeper and ...

Page 265: ... rst signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression For the narrow bandwidth part of this test the signals are separated by 10 kHz then the rst signal is kept 10 dB below the reference level There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Synthesizer level generator Measuring receiver used...

Page 266: ... Enter the power sensor s 50 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 56 with the load of the directional bridge connected to the power sensor 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper then set the controls as follows CW 53 MHz POWER LEVEL 6 dBm 4 Set the synthesized level generator controls as follows CW 50 MHz AMPLITUDE 014 dBm 50 75 SWIT...

Page 267: ...o not use a cable 9 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish 10 On the synthesizer level generator adjust the amplitude to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC analyzer r...

Page 268: ...r a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver Set RF to OFF 19 On the synthesizer level generator set the 50 75 switch to 50 20 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional bridge and connect the directional bridge to the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer using an adapter Do not use a cable 21 On the EMC analyzer press 4PRESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the EMC analyzer...

Page 269: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 24 On the synthesized sweeper set RF to ON 25 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 26 Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performanc...

Page 270: ...MC analyzer overdriving its input The decrease in the rst signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression For the narrow bandwidth part of this test the signals are separated by 10 kHz then the rst signal is kept 10 dB below the reference level There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesized sweepe...

Page 271: ...35 Gain Compression HP 8593EM Figure 2 57 Gain Compression Test Setup HP 8593EM 2 242 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 272: ... press 4PRESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows 4FREQUENCY5 2 0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 77 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG 1 4dB5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 300 4kHz5 7 On synthesized sweeper 1 adjust the power level for a 0 dBm read...

Page 273: ...sized sweeper 1 set RF to ON 13 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH then NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the lower amplitude signal and not on the signal that is o the top of the screen If it is not on the lower amplitude signal reposition the marker to this peak using the EMC analyzer knob 14 Read the MKR 1 amplitude ...

Page 274: ...o be centered on screen 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL PEAKING message to disappear 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear 23 On synthesized sweeper 2 adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level 24 On the EMC analyzer press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 275: ... level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver Set RF to OFF 33 On synthesized sweeper 2 set the RF to ON 34 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler and connect the directional coupler to the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer using an adapter Do not use a cable 35 On the EMC analyzer press 4PRESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the EMC analyzer keys as ...

Page 276: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 38 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF to ON 39 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 40 Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 3 Performan...

Page 277: ...ving its input The decrease in the rst signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression For the narrow bandwidth part of this test the signals are separated by 10 kHz then the rst signal is kept 10 dB below the reference level There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper two required Meas...

Page 278: ...eceiver operation manual Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 58 with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers 4 Set synthesized sweeper 1 controls as follows CW 2 003 GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 5 Set synthesized sweeper 2 controls as follows CW 2...

Page 279: ...ing an adapter Do not use a cable 9 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish 10 On synthesized sweeper 2 adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC an...

Page 280: ... for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver Set RF to OFF 20 On synthesized sweeper 2 set the RF to ON 21 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler and connect the directional coupler to the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer using an adapter Do not use a cable 22 On the EMC analyzer press 4PRESET5 then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the EMC analyzer keys as follow...

Page 281: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 25 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF to ON 26 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 27 Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance...

Page 282: ...pplied to the EMC analyzer overdriving its input The decrease in the rst signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression For the narrow bandwidth part of this test the signals are separated by 10 kHz then the rst signal is kept 10 dB below the reference level There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Syn...

Page 283: ...uring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 59 with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers 4 Set synthesized sweeper 1 controls as follows CW 2 003 GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 5 Set synthesized sweeper 2 controls as follo...

Page 284: ...ing an adapter Do not use a cable 9 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish 10 On synthesized sweeper 2 adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC an...

Page 285: ...19 Enter the power sensor CAL Factor into the measuring receiver 20 On synthesized sweeper 1 adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver Set RF to o 21 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler and connect the directional coupler to the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer using an adapter Do not use a cable 22 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys ...

Page 286: ...1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 2 The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than or equal to 0 5 dB Narrow Bandwidth 28 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 59 29 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers 30 Set synthesized sweeper 1 controls as follows CW 2 000 010 GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 31 Set synthesized sweeper 2 controls ...

Page 287: ...eference level 37 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 38 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF to ON 39 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 288: ...lied to the EMC analyzer overdriving its input The decrease in the rst signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression For the narrow bandwidth part of this test the signals are separated by 10 kHz then the rst signal is kept 10 dB below the reference level There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synth...

Page 289: ...uring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 60 with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor 3 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers 4 Set synthesized sweeper 1 controls as follows CW 2 003 GHz POWER LEVEL 0 dBm 5 Set synthesized sweeper 2 controls as follo...

Page 290: ...ing an adapter Do not use a cable 9 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish 10 On synthesized sweeper 2 adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC an...

Page 291: ...19 Enter the power sensor CAL Factor into the measuring receiver 20 On synthesized sweeper 1 adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver Set RF to o 21 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler and connect the directional coupler to the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer using an adapter Do not use a cable 22 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys ...

Page 292: ...b 27 Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 2 The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than or equal to 0 5 dB Narrow Bandwidth 28 Remove the EMC analyzer from the directional coupler and reconnect the measuring receiver power sensor to the directional coupler as shown in Figure 2 60 29 Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweep...

Page 293: ...djust the amplitude to place the signal 10 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level 37 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 38 On synthesized sweeper 1 set RF to ON 39...

Page 294: ...he EMC analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span To reduce measurement uncertainty due to input attenuator switching and resolution bandwidth switching a reference level o set is added The CAL OUT signal is used as the amplitude reference for determining the amount of o set required The o set i...

Page 295: ...llowing keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 ...

Page 296: ...ptions 101 102 and 301 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DETECTOR PK SP NG SP 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep 8 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses refer to the Residual Response...

Page 297: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN START FREQ 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN STOP FREQ 1 5 4GHz5 4BW5 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT If the IF overload message is displayed on the EMC analyzer performing the next step should clear the message 14 Press 4FREQUENCY5 and ...

Page 298: ...O NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN AUTO 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4FREQUENCY5 18 Set the center frequency to the Measurement Frequency recorded in Table 2 50 for 1 MHz to 1 5 GHz 19 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 30 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the sweep to nish 20 Press the following EMC analyz...

Page 299: ...5 23 Repeat steps 15 through 20 above for frequencies from 1 5 GHz to 1 8 GHz If the Displayed Average Noise at 1 8 GHz is at or out of speci cation it is recommended that a known frequency source be used as a frequency marker This ensures that testing is within 1 8 GHz 24 Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record The average noise level sho...

Page 300: ... for all of the remaining bands the test tunes the analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span To reduce measurement uncertainty due to input attenuator switching and resolution bandwidth switching a reference level o set is added The CAL OUT signal is used as the amplitude reference for determin...

Page 301: ...NNNNNNNNNN dB V NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 3 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 10 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear then press the following keys...

Page 302: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL OFFSET Subtract the MKR amplitude reading from 87 dB V and enter the result as the REF LVL OFFSET For example if the marker reads 86 79 dB V enter 00 21 dB 87 dB V 0 86 79 dB V 0 21 dB REF LVL OFFSET dB 5 Disconnect the cable from the INPUT 50 connector of the EMC analyzer Connect the 50 termination to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 connector Performance V...

Page 303: ...f a new sweep 8 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses 9 Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record as the noise level at 400 kHz The average noise level should b...

Page 304: ... 8593EM 12 Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record as the noise level at 1 MHz The average noise level should be less than the speci ed limit Performance Veri cation Tests 2 275 ...

Page 305: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 14 Press 4FREQUENCY5 then adjust the center frequency if necessary to place the LO feedthrough just o screen to the left 15 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SWP5 4TRACE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CLEAR WRITE A NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 306: ...SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for a new sweep to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average noise trace ignoring any residual responses Record the display line amplitude setting in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2 51 The ...

Page 307: ... BAND 3 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 25 Repeat steps 15 through 19 above for Band 3 12 4 to 19 4 GHz 19 1 to 22 GHz 26 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 308: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 30 Repeat steps 15 through 19 for frequencies from 22 to 26 5 GHz 31 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Table 2 51 Displayed Average Noise Level Work...

Page 309: ...o locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span To reduce measurement uncertainty due to input attenuator switching and resolution bandwidth switching a reference level o set is added The CAL OUT signal is used as the amplitude reference for determining the amount of o set required The o set is removed at the end of the test by pressing instrument pre...

Page 310: ...g keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNN...

Page 311: ... 101 102 and 301 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DETECTOR PK SP NG SP 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep 8 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses refer to the Residual Responses veri...

Page 312: ...Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN START FREQ 5 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN STOP FREQ 2 9 4GHz5 4BW5 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 14 Press 4FREQUENCY5 and adjust the start frequency setting if necessary to plac...

Page 313: ...O NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN AUTO 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4FREQUENCY5 18 Set the center frequency to the Measurement Frequency recorded in Table 2 52 for 5 MHz to 2 9 GHz 19 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 30 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the sweep to nish 20 Press the following EMC analyz...

Page 314: ...evel HP 8594EM Table 2 52 Displayed Average Noise Level Worksheet Frequency Range Measurement Frequency TR Entry Displayed Average Noise Level 400 kHz 400 kHz 1 4 MHz 4 MHz 2 5 MHz to 2 9 GHz 3 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 285 ...

Page 315: ...for all of the remaining bands the test tunes the analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span To reduce measurement uncertainty due to input attenuator switching and resolution bandwidth switching a reference level o set is added The CAL OUT signal is used as the amplitude reference for determini...

Page 316: ...g keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNN...

Page 317: ...mpletion of a new sweep 8 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals 9 Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 1 of the performance v...

Page 318: ... 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 14 Press 4FREQUENCY5 then adjust the center frequency if necessary to place the LO feedthrough just o screen to the left 15 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL ...

Page 319: ...le 2 53 in the previous step then press the following keys 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 18 Press 4SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for a new sweep to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON ...

Page 320: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 21 Repeat steps 15 through 19 above for Band 1 2 75 to 6 5 GHz Table 2 53 Displayed Average Noise Level Worksheet Frequency Range Measurement Frequency Displayed Average Noise Level TR Entry 400 kHz...

Page 321: ...d for all of the remaining bands the test tunes the analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span To reduce measurement uncertainty due to input attenuator switching and resolution bandwidth switching a reference level o set is added The CAL OUT signal is used as the amplitude reference for determi...

Page 322: ...g keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4Hz5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF OFF 4 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for the completion of a new sweep Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNN...

Page 323: ...mpletion of a new sweep 8 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses Refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals 9 Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 1 of the performance v...

Page 324: ... 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 14 Press 4FREQUENCY5 then adjust the center frequency if necessary to place the LO feedthrough just o screen to the left 15 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL ...

Page 325: ...wait for a new sweep to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average noise trace ignoring any residual responses Refer to Residual Response veri cation test for any suspected residuals Record the display line amplitude setting in the performance veri cation test ...

Page 326: ...NNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 1 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 10 4kHz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 22 Repeat steps 15 through 19 above for Band 2 6 0 to 12 8 GHz Table 2 54 Displayed Average Noise Level Worksheet Frequency Range Measurement Frequency Displayed Average Noise Level TR Entry 400 kHz 400 kHz ...

Page 327: ...ipment Termination 50 Figure 2 66 Residual Response Test Setup HP 8591EM Procedure 150 kHz to 1 MHz 1 Connect the termination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2 66 2 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN START FREQ 150 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN STOP FREQ 1 ...

Page 328: ...4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 1 4kHz5 6 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear then press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 1 4sec5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 7 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SW...

Page 329: ...ination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2 66 11 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 5 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 2 300 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 330: ...d 17 dB V to this value for a result of 02 5 dB V Enter 02 5 dB V as the display line value 13 Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish Look for any residual responses at or above the display line If a residual is suspected press 4SGL SWP5 again A residual response will persist on successive sweeps but a noise peak will not Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above t...

Page 331: ... at or above the display line If a residual is suspected press 4SGL SWP5 again A residual response will persist on successive sweeps but a noise peak will not Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2 56 18 Repeat steps 16 through 17 for all residuals recorded in Table 2 55 19 Record the highest residual from Table 2...

Page 332: ...adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Termination 50 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 f Figure 2 67 Residual Response Test Setup HP 8594EM Procedure 150 kHz to 1 MHz 1 Connect the termination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2 67 2 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 333: ...et routine to nish Press the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 1 4kHz5 6 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear then press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 1 4SEC5 4AMPLIT...

Page 334: ...NNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON 17 4dB V5 Add 17 dB V to the MEAS UNCAL Amplitude Error recorded in step 8 then set the display line to this value For example if the amplitude error in step 8 is 019 5 dB add 17 dB V to this value for a result of 02 5 dB V Enter 02 5 dB V as the display line value 13 Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish Look for any residual responses at or above the displa...

Page 335: ...45 Residual Responses HP 8594EM Table 2 57 Residual Responses above Display Line Worksheet Frequency MHz Amplitude dB V 2 306 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 336: ... at or above the display line If a residual is suspected press 4SGL SWP5 again A residual response will persist on successive sweeps but a noise peak will not Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2 57 18 Repeat steps 16 through 17 for all residuals recorded in Table 2 58 19 Record the highest residual from Table 2...

Page 337: ...z to 1 MHz Then the EMC analyzer is swept in 10 MHz spans throughout the 1 MHz to 6 5 GHz range Any responses above the speci cation are noted There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Termination 50 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 f Additional Equipment for Option 026 Adapter APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f Figure 2 68 Residual Response Test Setup HP 8593EM HP 8595EM and H...

Page 338: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN STOP FREQ 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 4BW5 300 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN MAN 300 4Hz5 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON 17 4dB V5 3 Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish Look for any residual responses at or ...

Page 339: ...disappear then press 6 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4BW5 300 4Hz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 1 4SEC5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 7 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 340: ...esult of 02 5 dB V Enter 02 5 dB V as the display line value 13 Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish Look for any residual responses at or above the display line If a residual is suspected press 4SGL SWP5 again A residual response will persist on successive sweeps but a noise peak will not Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the righ...

Page 341: ... 18 until the range from 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz has been checked This requires 372 additional frequency steps Table 2 59 Residual Responses above Display Line Worksheet Frequency MHz Amplitude dB V Con rming Residuals 20 Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to a residual frequency recorded in Table 2 59 the press the following keys 4PRESET5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 342: ...ove the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2 59 22 Repeat steps 20 through 21 for all residuals recorded in Table 2 60 23 Record the highest residual from Table 2 60 as TR Entry 1 in the performance veri cation test record If no residuals are found then record N A in the performance veri cation test record Table 2 60 Con rmed Residual Responses above Display Line Frequency MHz Am...

Page 343: ...ate a 500 MHz CW signal from another signal generator The EMC analyzer demodulates this signal in zero span to display the response in the time domain The marker delta frequency function on the EMC analyzer is used to read out the sweep time There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Synthesizer level generator Signal generator Cable BNC 122 cm 48 in Ca...

Page 344: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK NOISE ON OFF ON 4SGL SWP5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 3 Set the sweep time to 18 ms Press 4SGL SWP5 and read the MKR 1 amplitude Record the marker 1 reading as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record The amplitude should be within 1 007X and 0 993X Fast Sweep Time Accuracy...

Page 345: ...P TRIG5 18 4ms5 10 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH If necessary press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PEAK or NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PK LEFT until the marker is on the left most complete signal peak This is the marked signal 11 Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 346: ...2 61 Fast Sweep Time Accuracy EMC Analyzer Sweep Time Synthesizer Function Generator Frequency Minimum Reading TR Entry MKR 1 18 ms 556 Hz 14 04 ms 1 10 ms 1 kHz 7 8 ms 2 1 0 ms 10 kHz 780 s 3 100 s 100 kHz 78 s 4 20 s 500 kHz 15 6 s 5 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 317 ...

Page 347: ...a function A synthesizer level generator is used to amplitude modulate a 500 MHz CW signal from another signal generator The EMC analyzer demodulates this signal in zero span to display the response in the time domain The marker delta frequency function on the EMC analyzer is used to read out the sweep time There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Syn...

Page 348: ...ng the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4SWEEP TRIG5 20 4ms5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LIN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 25 4mV5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK NOISE ON OFF ON 4SGL SWP5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 349: ...l 7 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LIN 8 Set the signal generator AM switch to the AC position If necessary adjust the output amplitude of the signal generator to position the top of the modulated waveform approxi...

Page 350: ...N MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 then press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NEXT PK RIGHT until the marker 1 is on the eighth signal 12 Record the MKR 1 frequency reading in the performance veri cation test record as shown in Table 2 62 The MKR reading should be within the limits shown 13 Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the remaining sweep time settings listed in Table 2 62 ...

Page 351: ...tive to the power level at 010 dBm The output power level setting is decreased in 1 dB steps and the power level is measured at each step The di erence between the ideal and actual power levels is calculated at each step Since a power sweep is accomplished by stepping through the vernier settings the peak to peak variation of the vernier accuracy is equal to the power sweep accuracy The related ad...

Page 352: ...C analyzer press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN TRACKING PEAK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 4 Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor in log mode power reads out in dBm as described in the measuring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor s 300 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 5 Disconnect the Type N cable from the RF...

Page 353: ...ting the SRC POWER setting and 10 dB from the Measured Power Level for each SRC POWER setting in Table 2 63 Vernier Accuracy Measured Power Level 0 SRC POWER 0 10 dB Vernier Accuracy Measured Power Level 0 SRC POWER 38 76 dB 12 Locate the most positive and most negative absolute vernier accuracy values for SRC POWER levels greater than 010 dBm 97 dB V recorded in Table 2 63 and record in the perfo...

Page 354: ...st record as the Power Sweep Accuracy Power Sweep Accuracy Positive Power Sweep Accuracy 0 Negative Power Sweep Accu Table 2 63 Vernier Accuracy Worksheet SRC POWER Setting dB V Measured Power Level dB Vernier Accuracy dB 97 0 Ref 0 Ref 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 92 93 94 95 96 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 325 ...

Page 355: ...easuring receiver is then set into RATIO mode so that future power level readings will be in dB relative to the power level at 300 MHz The output power level setting is decreased in 1 dB steps and the power level is measured at each step The di erence between the ideal and actual power levels is calculated at each step The step to step error is also calculated The related adjustment for this perfo...

Page 356: ...Gen NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON 102 4dB V5 3 Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN TRACKING PEAK on the EMC analyzer then wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 4 Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver power sensor combination in log mode power levels readout in dBm Refer to the measuring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor 300 MHz Ca...

Page 357: ...11 Calculate the Step to Step Accuracy for the 017 dBm 90 dB V to 026 dBm 81 dB V SRC POWER settings by subtracting the previous Absolute Vernier Accuracy from the current Absolute Vernier Accuracy Start by subtracting the Absolute Vernier Accuracy for the 017 dBm 90 dB V SRC POWER setting from the Absolute Vernier Accuracy for the 018 dBm 89 dB V setting Record this calculation in the Step to Ste...

Page 358: ... Option 010 Table 2 64 Vernier Accuracy EMC Analyzer SRC POWER Measured Power Level Absolute Vernier Accuracy Step to Step Accuracy dB V dBm dB dB dB 90 017 N A 89 018 88 019 87 020 0 Ref 0 Ref 86 021 85 022 84 023 83 024 82 025 81 026 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 329 ...

Page 359: ...weep The power sweep is then turned o and the power level of the tracking generator is adjusted until the displayed amplitude is the same as at the start of the sweep This power level is measured on the measuring receiver and recorded The tracking generator is then adjusted until the displayed amplitude is the same as at the end of the sweep This power level is measured and recorded The di erence ...

Page 360: ...51 Power Sweep Range HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM and HP 8596EM Figure 2 75 Power Sweep Range Test Setup HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM and HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Tests 2 331 ...

Page 361: ...asuring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor 300 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver Connect the power sensor to the power splitter See Figure 2 75 5 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON 97 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC ATN MAN AUTO MAN 0 4dB5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 362: ... on the measuring receiver as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record 9 Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN PWR SWP ON OFF ON to set power sweep on Wait for completion of a new sweep 10 Press 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER NORMAL Use the knob to place the marker at the right most graticule line Press NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 Performan...

Page 363: ... until the 1MKR reads 01 dB 60 1 dB Be sure to wait for the completion of a new sweep after each adjustment of the SRC POWER level 12 Record the power level displayed on the measuring receiver as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record 13 Subtract Start Power Level TR Entry 1 from the Stop Power Level TR Entry 2 and record as the Power Sweep Range in the performance veri cation test ...

Page 364: ...ure the power level at 300 MHz The measuring receiver is set for RATIO mode so that future power level readings are in dB relative to the power level at 300 MHz The tracking generator is then stepped to several frequencies throughout its range The output power di erence relative to the power level at 300 MHz is measured at each frequency and recorded The related adjustment for this procedure is Mo...

Page 365: ...receiver and 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor in log mode power reads out in dBm as described in the measuring receiver operation manual Enter the power sensor s 300 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver 6 Disconnect the Type N cable from the RF OUT 50 and connect the 100 kHz to 4 2 GHz power sensor to the RF OUT 50 7 On the EMC analyzer press 96 4dB V5 4SGL SWP5 8 Press RATIO on the measurin...

Page 366: ...actor MHz 600 MHz 300 700 MHz 1000 800 MHz 1000 900 MHz 1000 1000 MHz 1000 1100 MHz 1000 1200 MHz 1000 1300 MHz 1000 1400 MHz 1000 1500 MHz 2000 1600 MHz 2000 1700 MHz 2000 1800 MHz 2000 13 Locate the most positive Level Flatness reading in Table 2 65 for the frequency ranges listed in Table 2 66 and record as the Maximum Flatness in the performance veri cation test record as shown in Table 2 66 T...

Page 367: ...e frequency ranges listed in Table 2 67 and record as the Minimum Flatness in the performance veri cation test record as shown in Table 2 67 Table 2 67 Minimum Flatness Description TR Entry Minimum Flatness 100 kHz 4 300 kHz to 5 MHz 5 10 MHz to 1800 MHz 6 15 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer 2 338 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 368: ...eral frequencies throughout its range The output power di erence relative to the power level at 300 MHz is measured at each frequency and recorded For frequencies below 100 kHz a digital voltmeter and precision 50 ohm termination are used to measure the power of the tracking generator output The DVM is set to readout in dBm using the MATH function with R value set to 50 ohms The dBm equation used ...

Page 369: ...ot need to be band locked 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN CF STEP AUTO MAN MAN 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4kHz5 3 On the EMC analyzer press the following keys 4MKR5 4AUX USER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Track Gen NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON 102 4dB V5 ...

Page 370: ...g receiver readout is now in power levels relative to the power level at 300 MHz 9 Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to 100 kHz Press 4SGL SWP5 10 Enter the appropriate power sensor Cal Factor into the measuring receiver as indicated in Table 2 68 11 Record the power level displayed on the measuring receiver as the Level Flatness in Table 2 68 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 to measure the atness...

Page 371: ... 400 MHz 300 500 MHz 100 600 MHz 300 700 MHz 1000 800 MHz 1000 900 MHz 1000 Center Frequency Level Flatness dB Cal Factor MHz 1000 MHz 1000 1100 MHz 1000 1200 MHz 1000 1300 MHz 1000 1400 MHz 1000 1500 MHz 2000 1600 MHz 2000 1700 MHz 2000 1800 MHz 2000 1900 MHz 2000 2000 MHz 2000 2100 MHz 2000 2200 MHz 2000 2300 MHz 2000 2400 MHz 2000 2500 MHz 3000 2600 MHz 3000 2700 MHz 3000 2800 MHz 3000 2900 MHz...

Page 372: ...tor Level Flatness HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM HP 8596EM Option 010 Figure 2 78 Tracking Generator Level Flatness Center Frequency 100 kHz HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM and HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Tests 2 343 ...

Page 373: ...ss dBm 9 kHz 20 kHz 40 kHz 60 kHz 80 kHz 100 kHz 17 Subtract the 100 kHz Level Flatness readout in Table 2 68 from the 100 kHz DVM Readout in Table 2 69 and record as the DVM O set at 100 kHz DVM O set dB 18 For example if the Level Flatness reading from Table 2 68 is 1 0 dB and the DVM Readout from Table 2 69 is 015 0 dBm the DVM o set would be 16 0 dB DVM 0 Power Meter DVM O set 19 Add the DVM O...

Page 374: ...gs in Table 2 68 and Table 2 69 and record these values as TR Entry 1 and TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record 21 Locate the most negative Level Flatness readings in Table 2 68 and Table 2 69 and record this value as TR Entry 3 and TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record Performance Veri cation Tests 2 345 ...

Page 375: ...t is then connected to the input of a microwave spectrum analyzer The tracking generator is tuned to several di erent frequencies and the amplitude of the second and third harmonics relative to the fundamental are measured at each frequency There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test Equipment Required Spectrum analyzer microwave Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in Cable BNC 23 cm 9 ...

Page 376: ...hours have elapsed since a front panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer was performed The microwave spectrum analyzer should be allowed to warm up for at least 30 minutes before proceeding 4 Perform a front panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer by performing the following steps Note that the following steps are for an HP 8566A B microwave spectrum analyzer the steps ma...

Page 377: ...r Output Frequency d Perform this step only if the Tracking Generator Output Frequency is less than 600 MHz Press CENTER FREQUENCY and the step up key to tune to the third harmonic Press PEAK SEARCH Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 70 as the 3rd Harmonic Level for the 10 MHz Tracking Generator Output Frequency e Press MARKER OFF 8 Change the microwave spectrum analyzer center frequen...

Page 378: ...monic Spurious Outputs HP 8591EM Option 010 10 Locate the most positive 3rd Harmonic Level in Table 2 70 and record as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record Performance Veri cation Tests 2 349 ...

Page 379: ...sured at each frequency There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance veri cation test Equipment Required Spectrum analyzer microwave Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in Cable BNC 23 cm 9 in Adapter Type N m to BNC f Procedure Note It is only necessary to perform Step 1 if more than two hours have elapsed since a front panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer was performed The m...

Page 380: ... the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer See Figure 2 80 Figure 2 80 Harmonic Spurious Outputs Test Setup HP 8593EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM and HP 8596EM 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4FREQUENCY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band Lock NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 ...

Page 381: ...be displayed at center screen b Press PEAK SEARCH CF STEP SIZE 10 MHz CENTER FREQUENCY then SIGNAL TRACK OFF c Press PEAK SEARCH MKR 1 STP SIZE MARKER 1 d Press CENTER FREQUENCY and 4 5 step up key to tune to the second harmonic then press PEAK SEARCH If the center frequency is greater than 2 5 GHz press PRESEL PEAK then wait for the PEAKING message to disappear Record the marker amplitude reading...

Page 382: ...cation test record 10 Locate the 2nd Harmonic Level for 1 4 GHz in Table 2 71 and record as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record 11 Locate the 3rd Harmonic Level for 9 kHz in Table 2 71 and record as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation record 12 Locate the most positive 3rd Harmonic Level in Table 2 71 and record as TR Entry 5 of the performance veri cation test record Table...

Page 383: ... output frequencies For each output frequency several sweeps are taken on the microwave spectrum analyzer over di erent frequency spans and the highest displayed spurious response is measured in each span Responses at the fundamental frequency of the tracking generator output or their harmonics are ignored The amplitude of the highest spurious response is recorded There are no related adjustments ...

Page 384: ... have elapsed since a front panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer has been performed The microwave spectrum analyzer should be allowed to warm up for at least 30 minutes before proceeding 5 Perform a front panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer by performing the following steps Note that the following steps are for an HP 8566A B microwave spectrum analyzer the steps ma...

Page 385: ... 11 Record the microwave spectrum analyzer marker amplitude reading in Table 2 72 as the Fundamental Amplitude 12 Repeat steps 8 through 11 for all Fundamental Frequency settings in Table 2 72 Table 2 72 Fundamental Response Amplitudes Worksheet Fundamental Frequency Fundamental Amplitude dBm 10 MHz 900 MHz 1 8 GHz Measuring Non Harmonic Responses 13 On the EMC analyzer set the center frequency to...

Page 386: ...above Continuing the example the di erence would be 300 kHz e Due to span accuracy uncertainties in the microwave spectrum analyzer the marker frequency might not equal the actual frequency Given the marker frequency check if the di erence calculated in step d is within the appropriate tolerance For marker frequencies 5 MHz tolerance 6200 kHz For marker frequencies 55 MHz tolerance 6750 kHz For ma...

Page 387: ... microwave spectrum analyzer start and stop frequency settings in Table 2 73 Non Harmonic Amplitude Marker Amplitude 0 Fundamental Amplitude 20 If a true non harmonic spurious response is not found record NOISE as the Non Harmonic Response Amplitude in Table 2 73 for the appropriate EMC analyzer center frequency and microwave spectrum analyzer start and stop frequency settings 21 Repeat steps 15 t...

Page 388: ...eet Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Settings Non Harmonic Response Amplitude dBc Start Frequency Stop Frequency Resolution Bandwidth Center Frequency 10 MHz 900 MHz 1 8 GHz 0 1 MHz 5 0 MHz 10 kHz 5 0 MHz 55 MHz 100 kHz 55 MHz 1240 MHz 1 MHz 1240 MHz 1800 MHz 1 MHz Performance Veri cation Tests 2 359 ...

Page 389: ...cies then the amplitude of the second and third harmonics relative to the fundamental are measured at each frequency For each output frequency several sweeps are taken on the microwave spectrum analyzer over di erent frequency spans and the highest displayed spurious response is measured in each span Responses at the fundamental frequency of the tracking generator output or its harmonics are ignor...

Page 390: ...owave spectrum analyzer by performing the following steps Note that the following steps are for an HP 8566A B microwave spectrum analyzer the steps may be di erent if you are using another microwave spectrum analyzer a Connect a BNC cable between CAL OUTPUT and RF INPUT b Select the 2 0 22 GHz band then press INSTR PRESET 4RECALL5 8 Adjust AMPTD CAL for a marker amplitude reading of 010 dBm c Pres...

Page 391: ...does not need to be band locked 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF BW AUTO MAN MAN 30 4kHz5 4MKR5 4AUX USER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Track Gen NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON 102 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN TRACKING PEAK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear then press the following ...

Page 392: ...al Frequency listed in Table 2 74 8 On the microwave spectrum analyzer press PEAK SEARCH If the marker frequency is greater than 2 5 GHz press PRESEL PEAK and wait for the PEAKING message to disappear Press MARKER REF LVL Wait for another sweep to nish 9 Record the microwave spectrum analyzer marker amplitude reading in Table 2 74 as the Fundamental Amplitude 10 Repeat steps 5 through 9 for all Fu...

Page 393: ...kHz and the fundamental frequency is 9 kHz dividing 26 5 kHz by 9 kHz yields 2 944 b Round the number calculated in step a the nearest whole number In the example above 2 944 should be rounded to 3 c Multiply the fundamental frequency by the number calculated in step b Following the example multiplying 9 kHz by 3 yields 27 kHz d Calculate the di erence between the marker frequency and the frequenc...

Page 394: ...mental Amplitude for a fundamental frequency of 9 kHz is 1 2 dBm and the marker amplitude is 030 8 dBm the di erence is 032 dBc Record this di erence as the Non Harmonic Response Amplitude for the appropriate EMC analyzer center frequency and microwave spectrum analyzer start and stop frequency settings in Table 2 75 Non Harmonic Amplitude Marker Amplitude 0 Fundamental Amplitude 18 If a true non ...

Page 395: ...o 2000 MHz Record this amplitude as the Highest Non Harmonic Response Amplitude 2000 MHz as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record Table 2 75 Non Harmonic Responses Worksheet Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Settings Non Harmonic Response Amplitude dBc Start Frequency Stop Frequency Resolution Bandwidth Center Frequency 9 kHz 1 5 GHz 2 9 GHz 0 003 MHz 0 2 MHz 3 kHz 0 2 MHz 5 0 MHz 30 kHz...

Page 396: ...0 MHz for a maximum signal level The tracking generator output is terminated and set for 0 dBm output power maximum output power The EMC analyzer input is also terminated The noise level of the EMC analyzer is then measured at several frequencies There are no related adjustments for this performance test Equipment Required 50 Termination two required Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in Cable BNC 23 cm 9 in C...

Page 397: ...K Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 4 Connect the CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 50 5 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 398: ...MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4dB V5 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN AUTO 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER ALL OFF 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 10 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNN...

Page 399: ...play line amplitude setting in Table 2 76 as the noise level at 1 MHz 15 Repeat steps 13 and 14 for the remaining Tracking Generator Output Frequencies EMC analyzer center frequency listed in Table 2 76 16 In Table 2 76 locate the most positive Noise Level Amplitude Record this amplitude as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record Table 2 76 TG Feedthrough Worksheet Tracking Generator...

Page 400: ...or a maximum signal level The tracking generator output is terminated and set for 108 dB V output power maximum output power The EMC analyzer input is also terminated The noise level of the EMC analyzer is then measured at several frequencies There are no related adjustments for this performance veri cation test Equipment Required Termination 50 two required Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in Cable BNC 23 c...

Page 401: ...e following keys 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 87 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear then set ...

Page 402: ...NNNNNNNNN REF LVL 97 4dB V5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 ON OFF OFF 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN AUTO 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 10 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 ...

Page 403: ...NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON then enter 106 4dB V5 13 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for completion of a new sweep Press 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON 14 Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any residual responses Record the display line amplitude setting in Table 2 77 as the noise level at 400 kHz 15 Re...

Page 404: ...tput Frequency Noise Level Amplitude dB V 400 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 250 MHz 400 MHz 550 MHz 700 MHz 850 MHz Tracking Generator Output Frequency Noise Level Amplitude dB V 1000 MHz 1150 MHz 1300 MHz 1450 MHz 1600 MHz 1750 MHz 2000 MHz 2300 MHz 2600 MHz 2900 MHz Performance Veri cation Tests 2 375 ...

Page 405: ...e tracking generator output is terminated and set for 106 dB V output power maximum output power The EMC analyzer input is also terminated The noise level of the EMC analyzer is then measured at several frequencies There are no related adjustments for this performance veri cation test Equipment Required Termination 50 two required Cable Type N 62 cm 24 in Cable BNC 23 cm 9 in Cable Type N m to BNC...

Page 406: ...t the CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 50 5 Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 87 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ATTEN AUTO MAN MAN 0 4dB5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MK TRACK ON OFF ON ...

Page 407: ... 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 97 4dB V5 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 ON OFF OFF 4BW5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG BW AUTO MAN AUTO 4SWEEP TRIG5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SWEEP CONT SGL CONT 10 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR HIGH 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 408: ...ETECTOR SMP PK SMP 12 Press 4AUX USER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Track Gen NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SRC PWR ON OFF ON then enter 106 4dB V5 13 Press 4SGL SWP5 then wait for completion of a new sweep Press 4DISPLAY5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN DSP LINE ON OFF ON 14 Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise ignoring any resi...

Page 409: ...Generator Output Frequency Noise Level Amplitude dB V 400 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 250 MHz 400 MHz 550 MHz 700 MHz 850 MHz Tracking Generator Output Frequency Noise Level Amplitude dB V 1000 MHz 1150 MHz 1300 MHz 1450 MHz 1600 MHz 1750 MHz 2000 MHz 2300 MHz 2600 MHz 2900 MHz 2 380 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 410: ...usted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level The tracking generator output is then connected to the input of a microwave spectrum analyzer The tracking generator is tuned to several di erent frequencies and the LO Feedthrough is measured at the frequency extremes of the LO There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance veri cation test Equipment Required Microwave spectrum analyzer...

Page 411: ...e response d Press SHIFT FREQUENCY SPAN to start the 30 second internal error correction routine e After the CALIBRATING message disappears press SHIFT START FREQ to use the error correction factors just calculated 2 Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer See Figure 2 86 3 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nis...

Page 412: ... at center screen Press SIGNAL TRACK OFF 9 On the microwave spectrum analyzer press PEAK SEARCH PRESEL PEAK then wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 10 Record the microwave spectrum analyzer marker amplitude in Table 2 79 as the LO Feedthrough Amplitude for 3 9217 GHz 11 Repeat steps 8 through 10 for the remaining EMC analyzer CENTER FREQ and microwave spectrum analyzer CENTER FREQUENCY sett...

Page 413: ...96EM Option 010 Table 2 79 LO Feedthrough Amplitude EMC Analyzer Center Frequency Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Center Frequency LO Feedthrough Amplitude dBm 9 kHz 3 9214 GHz 70 MHz 3 9914 GHz 150 MHz 4 0714 GHz 1 5 GHz 5 4214 GHz 2 9 GHz 6 8214 GHz 2 384 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 414: ... pulse modulator is connected to the input of the device under test DUT with a BNC cable through 3 dB of attenuation This provides protection as well as a controlled source match Amplitude accuracy is ensured by measuring the output signal of the 3 dB attenuation using the power meter with the pulse modulator dc biased to provide a CW signal This measured CW amplitude also corresponds to the burst...

Page 415: ...Figure 2 87 3 Press 4RECALL5 0 on the pulse generator to preset the pulse generator To bias the modulator on set the pulse generator to the following settings Parameters LEE 3 ns TRE 3 ns HIL 2 V LOL 1 8 V DEL 0 ns Output Mode Enabled Channel A 50 Channel A NORM 4 Press 4STORE5 1 on the pulse generator to store the settings in storage register 1 5 Set the synthesizer level generator to the followi...

Page 416: ...ble 2 80 Input Amplitude Calibration Worksheet EMI Bandwidth Reference Amplitude at 50 MHz Amplitude O set Required Amplitude 200 Hz 00 40 9 kHz 0 05 120 kHz 5 42 9 Calculate the Required Amplitude for each EMI bandwidth using the following formula and enter each calculated Required Amplitude values in Table 2 80 Reference Amplitude at 50 MHz Amplitude O set Required Amplitude Note that the refere...

Page 417: ...NNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Amptd Units NNNNNNNNNNNNNN dB V 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SCALE LOG LIN LOG NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Amptd Units NNNNNNNNNNNNNN dB V 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 4SAVE RECALL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Sa...

Page 418: ...RE5 2 on the synthesizer level generator 18 Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer then wait for the preset routine to nish Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SAVE RECALL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Recall Internal NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN INTERNAL STATE 1 4MKR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER NORMAL 4SPAN5 1 4kHz5 4BW5 NNNNNN...

Page 419: ...C5 4DET5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN QP ON OFF ON Note that this routine will take approximately 1 minute to execute 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 23 Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 81 as the Measured 25 Hz Amplitude for 200 Hz Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A 25 Hz Repetition Frequency Table 2 83 as the Meas...

Page 420: ... as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A 60 Hz Repetition Frequency 33 Set the PERIOD to 100 ms on the pulse generator 34 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 35 Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A 10 Hz Repetition Frequency 36 Set the...

Page 421: ...s the following EMC analyzer keys 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 44 Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A 1 Hz Repetition Frequency 45 Press 4TRIG5 on the pulse generator 46 Press 4SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer 47 Let the EMC analyzer sweep 3 divisions then press 4MAN5 on the pulse generator...

Page 422: ...that this routine takes approximately 1 minute to execute 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 67 NNNNNNNNNNNNNN dB V 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 54 Record the quasi peak reading displayed below the signal on the EMC analyzer screen in Table 2 81 under the Measured CW Amplitude for 9 kHz 9 kHz Pulse RF Signal Setup 55 Press 4RECALL5 1 on the pulse generato...

Page 423: ...NNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 61 Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band B 1000 Hz Repetition Frequency Table 2 83 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band B QP 1000 Hz Repetition Frequency 62 Press the following EMC analyzer keys 4DET5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AVG ON OFF ON 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 424: ... SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band B 2 Hz Repetition Frequency 71 Set the PERIOD to 980 ms on the pulse generator 72 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 ...

Page 425: ...5 4DET5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN QP ON OFF ON Note that this routine will take approximately 1 minute to execute 4AMPLITUDE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL 72 4dB V5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 79 Record the reading displayed below signal on the EMC analyzer screen in Table 2 81 under the Measured CW Amplitude for 120 kHz 120 kHz Pulse RF Signal Setup 80 Se...

Page 426: ...nalyzer press 4SGL SWP5 4MKR 5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 86 Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Bands C and D 1000 Hz Repetition Frequency 87 Set PERIOD to 1 ms on the pulse generator 88 On the EMC analyzer press 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 89 Record the marker r...

Page 427: ...quency 97 Set the PERIOD to 500 ms on the pulse generator Press 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH on the EMC analyzer Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2 82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Bands C and D 2 Hz Repetition Frequency 98 Set PERIOD to 980 ms on the pulse generator Press 4SGL SWP5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN...

Page 428: ...ude for 25 Hz or 100 Hz Error 104 Calculate the error for each of the frequencies listed in Table 2 82 and record in the Error column Use the following formula to calculate the error Measured 0 Reference Error 105 Calculate the error for each of the bands listed in Table 2 83 and record in the Error column Use the following formula to calculate the error Quasi Peak Measurement 0 Average Measuremen...

Page 429: ...evel of Pulse Measured dB V Reference dB V Error dB TR Entry Band A 200 Hz EMI BW 100 4 60 5 25 6 10 7 5 8 2 9 1 10 Isolated pulse 11 Band B 9 kHz EMI BW 1000 12 100 13 20 14 10 15 2 16 1 17 Isolated pulse 18 Bands C and D 120 kHz EMI BW 1000 19 100 20 20 21 10 22 2 23 1 24 Isolated pulse 25 2 400 Performance Veri cation Tests ...

Page 430: ... Table 2 83 Average Detector Accuracy Band Repetition Frequency Hz Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse Error TR Entry Quasi Peak Measurement Average Measurement Band A 25 26 Band B 1000 27 Band C D 10 000 28 Performance Veri cation Tests 2 401 ...

Page 431: ......

Page 432: ...3 Performance Test Records Performance Test Records 3 1 ...

Page 433: ...3 2 Performance Test Records ...

Page 434: ...HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8591EM are included in this test record therefore not all test numbers are included Performance Test Records 3 3 ...

Page 435: ...z nominal Test Equipment Used Description Model No Trace No Cal Due Date Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer Function Generator Synthesizer Level Generator Signal Generator Measuring Receiver Power Meter RF Power Sensor High Sensitivity Power Sensor Pulse Generator Microwave Frequency Counter Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Power Splitter 300 MHz Low Pass Filter 50 MHz Low Pass Filter 50 Terminat...

Page 436: ...MHz 1 4999680 3 1 500032 61 Hz 20 kHz 1 49999924 4 1 50000076 61 Hz Marker Count Accuracy SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 1 4999989 5 1 5000011 61 0 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 1 49999989 6 1 50000011 61 0 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 20 kHz 1 49999989 7 1 50000011 61 0 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 2 kHz 1 49999989 8 1 50000011 61 0 Hz 6 Noise Sidebands Suppression at 10 kHz 1 060 dBc 61 0 dB Suppression at 20 kHz 2 070 dBc 61 0 d...

Page 437: ...og Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 34 dB 1 3 66 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 38 dB 2 07 62 dB 60 06 dB 022 012 42 dB 3 011 58 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 46 dB 4 015 54 dB 60 06 dB 020 020 50 dB 5 019 50 dB 60 06 dB 024 024 54 dB 6 023 46 dB 60 06 dB 028 028 58 dB 7 027 42 dB 60 06 dB 032 032 62 dB 8 031 38 dB 60 06 dB 036 036 66 dB 9 035 34 dB 60 06 dB 040 040 70 dB 10 039 30 dB 60...

Page 438: ... 06 dB 048 00 4 dB 29 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 30 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 31 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 32 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 44 dB 33 3 56 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 48 dB 34 07 52 dB 60 06 dB 022 012 52 dB 35 011 48 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 56 dB 36 015 44 dB 60 06 dB 020 020 60 dB 37 019 40 dB 60 06 dB 024 024 64 d...

Page 439: ... 4 dB 60 06 dB 036 00 4 dB 58 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 040 00 4 dB 59 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 044 00 4 dB 60 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 048 00 4 dB 61 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 62 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 63 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 64 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Linear Mode of Ref Level 100 00 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 70 70 151 59 mV 65 165 01 mV 61 84 mV 50 00 105 36 mV 66 118 78 mV 61 84 mV 35 48 72 63 mV 67 86 05 mV 61 84 mV 25 00 ...

Page 440: ...30 dB 9 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Linear Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 97 00 40 dB 10 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 11 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 40 dB 12 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 13 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 14 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 00 dB 15 1 00 dB 60 12 dB 37 01 10 dB 16 1 10 dB 60 12 dB 27 01 20 dB 17 1 20 dB 60 12 dB 17 01 30 dB 18 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Ref...

Page 441: ... 12 dB 16 Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty 86 85 dB V 1 87 15 dB V N A Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Resolution IF Bandwidth 3 kHz 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 1 kHz 00 5 dB 2 0 5 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 9 kHz 00 4 dB 3 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 10 kHz 00 4 dB 4 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 30 kHz 00 4 dB 5 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 100 ...

Page 442: ...8 kHz 6333 Hz 120 kHz 96 kHz 9 144 kHz 64 44 kHz 1 MHz 0 9 MHz 10 1 1 MHz 646 kHz Narrow IF Bandwidth 3 dB Bandwidth 300 Hz 240 Hz 11 360 Hz 636 Hz 100 Hz 80 Hz 12 120 Hz 612 Hz 30 Hz 24 Hz 13 36 Hz 63 9 Hz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 200 Hz 160 Hz 14 240 Hz 624 Hz 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 020 4 dBm 1 019 6 dBm 60 2 dB 19 Frequency Response Max Positive Response 1 1 5 dB 0 32 00 33 dB Max Negative ...

Page 443: ...5 01 25 dB 1 5 GHz to 1 8 GHz 4 021 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 44 Residual Responses 150 kHz to 1 8 GHz 1 17 dB V 1 09 01 15 dB 47 Fast Time Domain Sweeps Options 101 and 301 only Amplitude Resolution 0 933X 1 007X 0 SWEEP TIME 18 ms 14 04 ms 1 14 76 ms 60 5 10 ms 7 80 ms 2 8 20 ms 60 5 1 0 ms 780 s 3 820 s 60 5 100 s 78 s 4 82 s 60 5 20 s 15 6 s 5 16 4 s 60 5 49 Absolute Amplitude Vernier and Power Sweep...

Page 444: ...1 75 dB 0 28 00 28 dB 10 MHz to 1800 MHz 3 1 75 dB 0 24 00 24 dB Minimum Flatness 100 kHz 01 75 dB 4 0 42 00 45 dB 300 kHz to 5 MHz 01 75 dB 5 0 28 00 28 dB 10 MHz to 1800 MHz 01 75 dB 6 0 24 00 24 dB 54 Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only 2nd Harmonic Level 25 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 25 dBc 2 1 55 01 80 dB 56 Non Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only Highest Non Harmonic ...

Page 445: ...019 0 dB 60 28 dB Isolated Pulse 017 0 dB 11 021 0 dB 60 20 dB Relative Level 9 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 5 5 dB 12 3 5 dB 60 17 dB 100 0 Ref 13 0 Ref 0 Ref 20 05 5 dB 14 07 5 dB 60 27 dB 10 08 5 dB 15 011 5 dB 60 25 dB 2 018 5 dB 16 022 5 dB 60 23 dB 1 020 5 dB 17 024 5 dB 60 19 dB Isolated Pulse 021 5 dB 18 025 5 dB 60 15 dB Relative Level 120 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 9 0 ...

Page 446: ...HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Performance Test Records 3 15 ...

Page 447: ...HP 8593EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8593EM are included in this test record therefore not all test numbers are included 3 16 Performance Test Records ...

Page 448: ... Hz nominal Test Equipment Used Description Model No Trace No Cal Due Date Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer Function Generator Synthesizer Level Generator Signal Generator Measuring Receiver Power Meter RF Power Sensor High Sensitivity Power Sensor Pulse Generator Microwave Frequency Counter Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Power Splitter 50 MHz Low Pass Filter 4 4 GHz Low Pass Filter 50 Termin...

Page 449: ...008 62 002 2 1009 3 Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy Frequency MHz Comb Generator Frequency 99 993 1 100 007 625 Hz 5 Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy Frequency 1 5 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 1 49918 1 1 50082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 1 49958 2 1 50042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 1 4999680 3 1 500032 61 0 Hz Frequency 4 0 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 3 99918 4 4 00082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 3 99958 5 4 00042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 3 9999680 6 4 0000...

Page 450: ...999989 17 1 5000011 61 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 1 49999989 18 1 50000011 61 Hz Frequency 4 0 GHz SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 3 9999989 19 4 0000011 61 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 1 99999989 20 1 00000011 61 Hz Frequency 9 0 GHz SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 8 9999989 21 9 0000011 62 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 8 99999989 22 9 00000011 62 Hz Frequency 16 0 GHz SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 15 9999989 23 16 0000011 63...

Page 451: ... 65 dBc 2 61 0 dB 9 Frequency Span Readout Accuracy SPAN MKR1 Reading 1800 MHz 1446 00 MHz 1 1554 00 MHz 66 37 MHz 10 10 MHz 7 70 MHz 2 8 30 MHz 635 4 kHz 10 00 MHz 7 80 MHz 3 8 20 MHz 635 4 kHz 100 00 kHz 78 00 kHz 4 82 00 kHz 6354 Hz 99 00 kHz 78 00 kHz 5 82 00 kHz 6354 Hz 10 00 kHz 7 80 kHz 6 8 20 kHz 63 54 Hz Narrow IF Bandwidth 1 00 kHz 0 78 kHz 7 0 82 kHz 63 54 Hz 11 Residual FM 1 250 Hz 645...

Page 452: ... 039 30 dB 60 06 dB 044 044 74 dB 11 043 26 dB 60 06 dB 048 048 78 dB 12 047 22 dB 60 06 dB 052 052 82 dB 13 051 18 dB 60 06 dB 056 056 86 dB 14 055 14 dB 60 06 dB 060 060 90 dB 15 059 10 dB 60 11 dB 064 064 94 dB 16 063 06 dB 60 11 dB 068 068 98 dB 17 067 02 dB 60 11 dB Log Mode Incremental Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 00 4 dB 18 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 08 00 4 dB 19 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 022...

Page 453: ... 80 dB 42 039 20 dB 60 06 dB 044 044 84 dB 43 043 16 dB 60 06 dB 048 048 88 dB 44 047 12 dB 60 06 dB 052 052 92 dB 45 051 08 dB 60 06 dB 056 056 96 dB 46 055 04 dB 60 06 dB 060 061 00 dB 47 059 00 dB 60 11 dB 064 065 04 dB 48 062 96 dB 60 11 dB 068 069 08 dB 49 066 92 dB 60 11 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Incremental Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 00 4 dB 50 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 08 0...

Page 454: ... 84 mV 25 00 49 46 mV 72 82 88 mV 61 84 mV Log to Linear Switching 00 25 dB 73 0 25 dB 60 05 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth 00 25 dB 74 0 25 dB 60 05 dB 15 Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 97 00 40 dB 1 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 2 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 40 dB 3 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 4 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 5 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 00 dB 6 1 00 d...

Page 455: ... 60 12 dB Linear Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 77 00 40 dB 28 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 29 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 50 dB 30 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 31 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 32 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 20 dB 33 1 10 dB 60 12 dB 37 01 20 dB 34 1 20 dB 60 12 dB 27 01 30 dB 35 1 30 dB 60 12 dB 17 01 40 dB 36 1 40 dB 60 12 dB 16 Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolutio...

Page 456: ... 12 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 100 Hz 00 6 dB 13 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 30 Hz 00 6 dB 14 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 17 Resolution IF Bandwidth Accuracy 3 dB Bandwidth 3 MHz 2 4 MHz 1 3 6 MHz 6138 kHz 300 kHz 240 kHz 2 360 kHz 613 8 kHz 100 kHz 80 kHz 3 120 kHz 64 6 kHz 30 kHz 24 kHz 4 36 kHz 61 38 kHz 10 kHz 8 kHz 5 12 kHz 6460 Hz 3 kHz 2 4 kHz 6 3 6 kHz 6138 Hz 1 kHz 0 8 kHz 7 1 2 kHz 646 Hz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth...

Page 457: ...dB Band 3 Max Positive Response 10 3 0 dB 0 52 00 55 dB Max Negative Response 03 0 dB 11 0 52 00 55 dB Peak to Peak Response 12 4 0 dB 0 52 00 55 dB Band 4 Max Positive Response 13 3 0 dB 0 54 00 57 dB Max Negative Response 03 0 dB 14 0 54 00 57 dB Peak to Peak Response 15 4 0 dB 0 54 00 57 dB Band 4 for Option 026 or 027 Max Positive Response 13 5 0 dB 0 54 00 57 dB Max Negative Response 05 0 dB ...

Page 458: ...B 12 4 to 19 4 GHz 6 06 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 19 1 to 22 GHz 7 0 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB Option 026 or 027 only 19 1 to 26 5 GHz 8 5 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 46 Residual Responses 150 kHz to 6 4 GHz 1 17 dB V 1 09 01 15 dB 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps Options 101 and 301 only Amplitude Resolution 0 933X 1 007X 0 SWEEP TIME 18 ms 14 04 ms 1 14 76 ms 60 5 10 ms 7 80 ms 2 8 20 ms 60 5 1 0 ms 780 s 3 820 s 60 5 100 s...

Page 459: ...Hz to 2900 MHz 02 0 dB 4 0 42 00 45 dB 55 Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only 2nd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 2 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 1 4 GHz 25 dBc 3 3 45 04 01 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 4 1 55 01 80 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 5 1 55 01 80 dB 57 Non Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only H...

Page 460: ...019 0 dB 60 28 dB Isolated Pulse 017 0 dB 11 021 0 dB 60 20 dB Relative Level 9 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 5 5 dB 12 3 5 dB 60 17 dB 100 0 Ref 13 0 Ref 0 Ref 20 05 5 dB 14 07 5 dB 60 27 dB 10 08 5 dB 15 011 5 dB 60 25 dB 2 018 5 dB 16 022 5 dB 60 23 dB 1 020 5 dB 17 024 5 dB 60 19 dB Isolated Pulse 021 5 dB 18 025 5 dB 60 15 dB Relative Level 120 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 9 0 ...

Page 461: ...HP 8593EM Performance Test Record 3 30 Performance Test Records ...

Page 462: ...P 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8594EM are included in this test record therefore not all test numbers are included Performance Test Records 3 31 ...

Page 463: ... Hz nominal Test Equipment Used Description Model No Trace No Cal Due Date Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Low Pass Filter 50 MHz Low Pass Filter 300 MHz Measuring Receiver Microwave Frequency Counter Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Option 010 Power Meter RF Power Sensor High Sensitivity Power Sensor Power Splitter Pulse Generator Signal Generator Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer Function Generato...

Page 464: ...curacy Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency MHz Frequency 1 5 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 1 49918 1 1 50082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 1 49958 2 1 50042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 1 4999680 3 1 500032 61 0 Hz Narrow IF Bandwidth 20 kHz 1 49999924 4 1 50000076 61 0 Hz Frequency 1 5 GHz SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 1 4999989 5 1 5000011 61 0 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 1 49999989 6 1 50000011 61 0 Hz Narrow IF Bandwidth CNT RES 10 Hz 20 kHz 1...

Page 465: ... 30 Hz 63 5 Hz 12 Sweep Time Accuracy SWEEP TIME MKR1 Reading 20 ms 15 4 ms 1 16 6 ms 60 057 ms 100 ms 77 0 ms 2 83 0 ms 60 283 ms 1 s 770 0 ms 3 830 0 ms 62 83 ms 10 s 7 7 s 4 8 3 s 623 8 ms 13 Scale Fidelity Log Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 34 dB 1 3 66 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 38 dB 2 07 62 dB 60 06 dB 012 012 42 dB 3 011 58 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 46 dB 4 015 54 dB 60...

Page 466: ...06 dB 048 00 4 dB 29 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 30 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 31 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 32 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 44 dB 33 3 56 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 48 dB 34 07 52 dB 60 06 dB 012 012 52 dB 35 011 48 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 56 dB 36 015 44 dB 60 06 dB 020 020 60 dB 37 019 40 dB 60 06 dB 024 024 64 dB...

Page 467: ... 4 dB 60 06 dB 036 00 4 dB 58 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 040 00 4 dB 59 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 044 00 4 dB 60 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 048 00 4 dB 61 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 62 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 63 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 64 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Linear Mode of Ref Level 100 00 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 70 70 151 59 mV 65 165 01 mV 61 84 mV 50 00 105 36 mV 66 118 78 mV 61 84 mV 35 48 72 63 mV 67 86 05 mV 61 84 mV 25 00 ...

Page 468: ...30 dB 9 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Linear Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 97 00 40 dB 10 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 11 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 40 dB 12 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 13 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 14 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 00 dB 15 1 00 dB 60 12 dB 37 01 10 dB 16 1 10 dB 60 12 dB 27 01 20 dB 17 1 20 dB 60 12 dB 17 01 30 dB 18 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Ref...

Page 469: ... 12 dB 16 Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty 86 85 dB V 1 87 15 dB V N A Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Resolution IF Bandwidth 3 kHz 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 1 kHz 00 5 dB 2 0 5 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 9 kHz 00 4 dB 3 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 10 kHz 00 4 dB 4 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 30 kHz 00 4 dB 5 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 100 ...

Page 470: ...6333 Hz 120 kHz 96 kHz 9 144 kHz 64 44 kHz 1 MHz 0 9 MHz 10 1 1 MHz 646 kHz Narrow IF Bandwidth 3 dB Bandwidth 300 Hz 240 Hz 11 360 Hz 636 Hz 100 Hz 80 Hz 12 120 Hz 612 Hz 30 Hz 24 Hz 13 36 Hz 63 9 Hz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 200 Hz 160 Hz 14 240 Hz 624 Hz 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 020 4 dBm 1 019 6 dBm 60 2 dB 21 Frequency Response Max Positive Response 1 1 5 dB 0 32 00 33 dB Max Negative Respon...

Page 471: ...1 17 dB V 1 09 01 15 dB 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps Options 101 and 301 only Amplitude Resolution 0 933X 1 1 007X 0 SWEEP TIME 18 ms 14 04 ms 2 14 76 ms 60 5 10 ms 7 80 ms 3 8 20 ms 60 5 1 0 ms 780 s 4 820 s 60 5 100 s 78 s 5 82 s 60 5 20 s 15 6 s 6 16 4 s 60 5 50 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Option 010 only Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 020 75 dBm 1 019 25 dBm 155 0 161 dB Positive Vernier Accuracy 2...

Page 472: ...monic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 2 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 1 4 GHz 25 dBc 3 3 45 04 01 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 4 1 55 01 80 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 5 1 55 01 80 dB 57 Non Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only Highest Non Harmonic Response Amplitude 9 kHz to 2000 MHz 27 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 2000 MHz to...

Page 473: ...019 0 dB 60 28 dB Isolated Pulse 017 0 dB 11 021 0 dB 60 20 dB Relative Level 9 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 5 5 dB 12 3 5 dB 60 17 dB 100 0 Ref 13 0 Ref 0 Ref 20 05 5 dB 14 07 5 dB 60 27 dB 10 08 5 dB 15 011 5 dB 60 25 dB 2 018 5 dB 16 022 5 dB 60 23 dB 1 020 5 dB 17 024 5 dB 60 19 dB Isolated Pulse 021 5 dB 18 025 5 dB 60 15 dB Relative Level 120 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 9 0 ...

Page 474: ...HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Performance Test Records 3 43 ...

Page 475: ...HP 8595EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8595EM are included in this test record therefore not all test numbers are included 3 44 Performance Test Records ...

Page 476: ...minal Test Equipment Used Description Model No Trace No Cal Due Date Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Low Pass Filter 50 MHz Low Pass Filter 300 MHz Low Pass Filter 4 4 GHz Measuring Receiver Microwave Frequency Counter Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Option 010 Power Meter RF Power Sensor High Sensitivity Power Sensor Power Splitter Pulse Generator Signal Generator Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer...

Page 477: ...1 0 Hz 1 MHz 1 4999680 3 1 500032 61 0 Hz Frequency 4 0 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 3 99918 4 4 00082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 3 99958 5 4 00042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 3 9999680 6 4 000032 61 0 Hz Narrow IF Bandwidth 20 kHz 1 49999924 16 1 50000076 61 0 Hz Marker Count Accuracy Frequency 1 5 GHz SPAN CNT RES 100 Hz 20 MHz 1 4999989 17 1 5000011 61 Hz CNT RES 10 Hz 1 MHz 1 49999989 18 1 50000011 61 Hz Frequency 4 0 GHz SPAN CNT ...

Page 478: ... Hz 12 Sweep Time Accuracy SWEEP TIME MKR1 Reading 20 ms 15 4 ms 1 16 6 ms 60 057 ms 100 ms 77 0 ms 2 83 0 ms 60 283 ms 1 s 770 0 ms 3 830 0 ms 62 83 ms 10 s 7 7 s 4 8 3 s 623 8 ms 13 Scale Fidelity Log Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 34 dB 1 3 66 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 38 dB 2 07 62 dB 60 06 dB 012 012 42 dB 3 011 58 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 46 dB 4 015 54 dB 60 06 dB 020 ...

Page 479: ...dB 60 06 dB 048 00 4 dB 29 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 30 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 31 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 32 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Cumulative Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 04 44 dB 33 3 56 dB 60 06 dB 08 08 48 dB 34 07 52 dB 60 06 dB 012 012 52 dB 35 011 48 dB 60 06 dB 016 016 56 dB 36 015 44 dB 60 06 dB 020 020 60 dB 37 019 40 dB 60 06 dB 024 024...

Page 480: ...B 57 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 036 00 4 dB 58 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 040 00 4 dB 59 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 044 00 4 dB 60 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 048 00 4 dB 61 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 052 00 4 dB 62 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 056 00 4 dB 63 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 060 00 4 dB 64 0 4 dB 60 11 dB Linear Mode of Ref Level 100 00 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 70 70 151 59 mV 65 165 01 mV 61 84 mV 50 00 105 36 mV 66 118 78 mV 61 84 mV 35 48 72 63 mV 67 86 05 mV 61 84 mV ...

Page 481: ...17 01 30 dB 9 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Linear Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 97 00 40 dB 10 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 11 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 40 dB 12 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 13 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 14 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 00 dB 15 1 00 dB 60 12 dB 37 01 10 dB 16 1 10 dB 60 12 dB 27 01 20 dB 17 1 20 dB 60 12 dB 17 01 30 dB 18 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mo...

Page 482: ... dB 60 12 dB 16 Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty 86 85 dB V 1 87 15 dB V N A Resolution IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Resolution IF Bandwidth 3 kHz 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 1 kHz 00 5 dB 2 0 5 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 9 kHz 00 4 dB 3 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 10 kHz 00 4 dB 4 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 30 kHz 00 4 dB 5 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 d...

Page 483: ...3 Hz 120 kHz 96 kHz 9 144 kHz 64 44 kHz 1 MHz 0 9 MHz 10 1 1 MHz 646 kHz Narrow IF Bandwidth 3 dB Bandwidth 300 Hz 240 Hz 11 360 Hz 636 Hz 100 Hz 80 Hz 12 120 Hz 612 Hz 30 Hz 24 Hz 13 36 Hz 63 9 Hz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 200 Hz 160 Hz 14 240 Hz 624 Hz 18 Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 020 4 dBm 1 019 6 dBm 60 2 dB 22 Frequency Response Band 0 Max Positive Response 1 1 5 dB 0 32 00 33 dB Max Negative Re...

Page 484: ...B 0 21 00 22 dB 42 Displayed Average Noise Level Frequency 400 kHz 1 018 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 1 MHz 2 018 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 3 018 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 2 75 to 6 5 GHz 4 020 dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 46 Residual Responses 150 kHz to 6 5 GHz 1 17 dB V 1 09 01 15 dB 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps Options 101 and 301 only Amplitude Resolution 0 933X 1 007X 0 SWEEP TIME 18 ms 14 04 ms 1 14 76 ms 60 ...

Page 485: ... 100 kHz to 2900 MHz 02 0 dB 4 0 42 00 45 dB 55 Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only 2nd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 2 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 1 4 GHz 25 dBc 3 3 45 04 01 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 4 1 55 01 80 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 5 1 55 01 80 dB 57 Non Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 ...

Page 486: ...dB 10 019 0 dB 60 28 dB Isolated Pulse 017 0 dB 11 021 0 dB 60 20 dB Relative Level 9 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 5 5 dB 12 3 5 dB 60 17 dB 100 0 Ref 13 0 Ref 0 Ref 20 05 5 dB 14 07 5 dB 60 27 dB 10 08 5 dB 15 011 5 dB 60 25 dB 2 018 5 dB 16 022 5 dB 60 23 dB 1 020 5 dB 17 024 5 dB 60 19 dB Isolated Pulse 021 5 dB 18 025 5 dB 60 15 dB Relative Level 120 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 100...

Page 487: ...HP 8595EM Performance Test Record 3 56 Performance Test Records ...

Page 488: ...P 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8596EM are included in this test record therefore not all test numbers are included Performance Test Records 3 57 ...

Page 489: ...minal Test Equipment Used Description Model No Trace No Cal Due Date Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Low Pass Filter 50 MHz Low Pass Filter 300 MHz Low Pass Filter 4 4 GHz Measuring Receiver Microwave Frequency Counter Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Option 010 Power Meter RF Power Sensor High Sensitivity Power Sensor Power Splitter Pulse Generator Signal Generator Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer...

Page 490: ... MHz Comb Generator Frequency 99 993 1 100 007 625 Hz 5 Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency MHz Frequency 1 5 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 1 49918 1 1 50082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 1 49958 2 1 50042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 1 4999680 3 1 500032 61 0 Hz Frequency 4 0 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 3 99918 4 4 00082 61 0 Hz 10 MHz 3 99958 5 4 00042 61 0 Hz 1 MHz 3 9999680 6 4 000032 61 0 Hz Frequency 9...

Page 491: ...ession at 20 kHz 2 070 dBc 61 0 dB Suppression at 30 kHz 3 075 dBc 61 0 dB 7 System Related Sidebands Sideband Above Signal 65 dBc 1 61 0 dB Sideband Below Signal 65 dBc 2 61 0 dB 9 Frequency Span Readout Accuracy SPAN MKR1 Reading 1800 MHz 1446 00 MHz 1 1554 00 MHz 66 37 MHz 10 10 MHz 7 70 MHz 2 8 30 MHz 635 4 kHz 10 00 MHz 7 80 MHz 3 8 20 MHz 635 4 kHz 100 00 kHz 78 00 kHz 4 82 00 kHz 6354 Hz 99...

Page 492: ... dB 10 039 30 dB 60 06 dB 044 044 74 dB 11 043 26 dB 60 06 dB 048 048 78 dB 12 047 22 dB 60 06 dB 052 052 82 dB 13 051 18 dB 60 06 dB 056 056 86 dB 14 055 14 dB 60 06 dB 060 060 90 dB 15 059 10 dB 60 11 dB 064 064 94 dB 16 063 06 dB 60 11 dB 068 068 98 dB 17 067 02 dB 60 11 dB Log Mode Incremental Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 00 4 dB 18 0 4 dB 60 06 dB 08 00 4 dB 19 0 4 dB 60 06 ...

Page 493: ...40 040 80 dB 42 039 20 dB 60 06 dB 044 044 84 dB 43 043 16 dB 60 06 dB 048 048 88 dB 44 047 12 dB 60 06 dB 052 052 92 dB 45 051 08 dB 60 06 dB 056 056 96 dB 46 055 04 dB 60 06 dB 060 061 00 dB 47 059 00 dB 60 11 dB 064 065 04 dB 48 062 96 dB 60 11 dB 068 069 08 dB 49 066 92 dB 60 11 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Incremental Error dB from Ref Level 0 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 04 00 4 dB 50 0 4 dB 60 06 d...

Page 494: ...h of Ref Level 100 00 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 70 70 151 59 mV 69 165 01 mV 61 84 mV 50 00 105 36 mV 70 118 78 mV 61 84 mV 35 48 72 63 mV 71 86 05 mV 61 84 mV 25 00 49 46 mV 72 82 88 mV 61 84 mV Log to Linear Switching 00 25 dB 73 0 25 dB 60 05 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth 00 25 dB 74 0 25 dB 60 05 dB 15 Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 97 00 40 dB 1 0 40 dB 60 06 dB ...

Page 495: ...17 01 30 dB 18 1 30 dB 60 12 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Reference Level dB V 87 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 77 00 40 dB 19 0 40 dB 60 06 dB 107 00 50 dB 20 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 77 00 50 dB 21 0 50 dB 60 06 dB 67 00 50 dB 22 0 50 dB 60 08 dB 57 00 80 dB 23 0 80 dB 60 08 dB 47 01 20 dB 24 1 10 dB 60 12 dB 37 01 20 dB 25 1 20 dB 60 12 dB 27 01 30 dB 26 1 30 dB 60 12 dB 17 01 40 dB 27 1 40 dB 60 12 dB Narrow I...

Page 496: ...B 100 kHz 00 4 dB 6 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 120 kHz 00 4 dB 7 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 300 kHz 00 4 dB 8 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 1 MHz 00 4 dB 9 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 3 MHz 00 4 dB 10 0 4 dB 0 07 00 08 dB Narrow IF Bandwidth 3 kHz 0 Ref 0 Ref 0 Ref 300 Hz 00 6 dB 11 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 200 Hz 00 6 dB 12 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 100 Hz 00 6 dB 13 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 30 Hz 00 6 dB 14 0 6 dB 0 07 00 08 dB 17 Reso...

Page 497: ... 32 00 33 dB Max Negative Response 01 5 dB 2 0 32 00 33 dB Peak to Peak Response 3 2 0 dB 0 32 00 33 dB Band 1 Max Positive Response 4 2 0 dB 0 40 00 42 dB Max Negative Response 02 0 dB 5 0 40 00 42 dB Peak to Peak Response 6 3 0 dB 0 40 00 42 dB Band 2 Max Positive Response 7 2 5 dB 0 42 00 43 dB Max Negative Response 02 5 dB 8 0 42 00 43 dB Peak to Peak Response 9 4 0 dB 0 42 00 43 dB 28 Other I...

Page 498: ... dB V 1 15 01 25 dB 46 Residual Responses 150 kHz to 6 5 GHz 1 17 dB V 1 09 01 15 dB 48 Fast Time Domain Sweeps Options 101 and 301 only Amplitude Resolution 0 933X 1 007X 0 SWEEP TIME 18 ms 14 04 ms 1 14 76 ms 60 5 10 ms 7 80 ms 2 8 20 ms 60 5 1 0 ms 780 s 3 820 s 60 5 100 s 78 s 4 82 s 60 5 20 s 15 6 s 5 16 4 s 60 5 50 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Option 010 only Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 020 7...

Page 499: ...s Option 010 only 2nd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 1 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 2 1 55 01 80 dB 2nd Harmonic Level 1 4 GHz 25 dBc 3 3 45 04 01 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 9 kHz 15 dBc 4 1 55 01 80 dB 3rd Harmonic Level 25 kHz to 900 MHz 25 dBc 5 1 55 01 80 dB 57 Non Harmonic Spurious Outputs Option 010 only Highest Non Harmonic Response Amplitude 9 kHz to 2000 MHz 27 dBc 1 ...

Page 500: ...dB 10 019 0 dB 60 28 dB Isolated Pulse 017 0 dB 11 021 0 dB 60 20 dB Relative Level 9 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 1000 5 5 dB 12 3 5 dB 60 17 dB 100 0 Ref 13 0 Ref 0 Ref 20 05 5 dB 14 07 5 dB 60 27 dB 10 08 5 dB 15 011 5 dB 60 25 dB 2 018 5 dB 16 022 5 dB 60 23 dB 1 020 5 dB 17 024 5 dB 60 19 dB Isolated Pulse 021 5 dB 18 025 5 dB 60 15 dB Relative Level 120 kHz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 100...

Page 501: ......

Page 502: ...bed as follows Speci cations describe warranted performance over the temperature range 0 C to 55 C unless otherwise noted The EMC analyzer will meet its speci cations under the following conditions The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer is turned on After the CAL F...

Page 503: ...roup 1 Class A Audible Noise 37 5 dBA pressure and 5 0 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz Power consumption 500 VA 180 W Standby LINE 0 Power consumption 7 W Environmental Speci cations Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 4 2 HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 504: ...ee Frequency Characteristics y See Drift under Stability in Frequency Characteristics Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 100 Hz Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 1 kHz Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Frequency Span 10 MHz Select...

Page 505: ...requency Sweep Time Range 20 ms to 100 s Options 101 and 301 20 s to 100 s for span 0 Hz Accuracy 20 ms to 100 s 63 20 s to 20 ms Options 101 and 301 62 Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz 6 dB EMC bandwidths 1 MHz 6 dB bandwidth 610 Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz 3 dB bandwidths in 1 3 10 steps 620 characteristic also 3 MHz and 5 MHz 4...

Page 506: ...l FM 1 kHz IF BW 1 kHz Avg BW 250 Hz pk pk in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz Avg BW 30 Hz pk pk in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 freq ref error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature stability See Frequency Characteristics HP 8591EM Speci cations a...

Page 507: ...he following The EMC analyzer displays the quasi peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency RF or continuous wave CW signals Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comit e International Sp ecial des Perturbations Radio electriques CISPR Section 1 Clause 2 Absolute amplitude accuracy is the sum of the pulse amplitude response relative to the reference plus the reference pulse amplitude ac...

Page 508: ... accuracy relative to the CW signal is 1 5 dB as speci ed in CISPR Pub 16 CISPR reference pulse 0 044 Vs for 30 MHz to 1 GHz 0 316 Vs for 15 kHz to 30 MHz and 13 5 Vs 61 5 Vs for 9 kHz to 150 kHz Gain Compressiony 10 MHz 0 5 dB total power at input mixer 97 dB V Mixer Power Level dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB y If IF BW 300 Hz this applies only if signal separation 4 kHz and signal ...

Page 509: ...nses Input terminated and 0 dB attenuation 150 kHz to 1 8 GHz 17 dB V Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW pW V W V and W Marker Readout Resolution 0 05 dB for log scale 0 05 of reference level for linear scale ...

Page 510: ...e 10 dB input attenuation Absolute Relative Flatnessy 9 kHz to 1 8 GHz 61 5 dB 61 0 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations Calibrator Output Amplitude 87 dB V 60 4 dB Absolute Amplitude Calibration Repeatability 60 15 dB Repeatability in the measured absolute amplitude of the CAL OUT signal at the reference settings after ...

Page 511: ...z IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level IF BW 1 kHz 6 0 4 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level Log Incremental Accuracy 0 to 060 dB from Reference Level 60 4 dB 4 dB Linear Accuracy 63 of reference level 4 10 HP 8591EM Speci cations an...

Page 512: ... PEAK have been run Warm Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 8 GHz Output Power Level Range 107 to 37 dB V Resolution 0 1 dB Absolute Accuracy 61 0 dB at 300 MHz 87 dB V and coupled source attenuator Vernier Range 10 dB Accuracy 60 75 dB over 10 dB range referenced to 87 dB V for coupled source attenuator setting Output Attenuator Range 0 to 60 dB in 10 dB steps See the Output Accura...

Page 513: ...enced to 300 MHz 10 dB attenuator 61 75 dB Spurious Outputs 107 dB V output 100 kHz to 1 8 GHz Harmonic Spurs 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs 030 dBc Dynamic Range Tracking Generator Feedthrough 1 dB V 4 12 HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 514: ... for 24 hours Stability Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 MHz Free Run 2 kHz minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal Diagnostic IF Bandwidths Shape Synchronously ...

Page 515: ...low pass lter used to average displayed noise Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti aliasing ltering FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP HANNING UNIFORM Noise Equivalent Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep ...

Page 516: ...vel of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz An uncalibrated demodulated signal is available on the AUX VIDEO OUT connector at the rear panel Quasi Peak Detector All except Option 703 Measurement Range Displayed 70 dB Total 115 dB FM Demodulation All except Option 703 Input Level 47 dB V attenuator setting Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation...

Page 517: ...e only Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry Input Attenuation Uncertainty Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60 5 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60 5 dB 30 dB 60 6 dB 40 dB 60 8 dB 50 dB 61 0 dB 60 dB 61 2 dB Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting from 9 kHz to 1 8 GHz See the Frequency Response table under Speci cations Input Attenuator Repeatability 300 MHz 60 03 dB 1 8 GHz 61 0 dB RF Input SWR...

Page 518: ...s identical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signals of up to 37 dB V displayed on the screen Electrostatic Discharge When an air discharge of up to 8 kV according to IEC 801 2 1991 occurs to the shells of the BNC connectors on the rear panel of the instrument spikes may be seen on the CRT display Discharges to center pins of any of the connectors may cause damage to the associat...

Page 519: ...l Displayed Average Noise Level IF Bandwidth Switching Spurious Responses Linear to Log Switching Residual Responses Display Scale Fidelity Display Range Display Scale Fidelity for Narrow Bandwidths Finally the following analyzer speci cations are replaced by the characteristics which follow in this subsection Marker Readout Resolution Frequency Response Marker Readout Resolution digitizing resolu...

Page 520: ...d Selection Even odd non interlaced Trigger Polarity Positive negative Line Selection 10 to 1021 Tracking Generator Characteristics Option 010 Output Tracking Drift usable in 10 kHz bandwidth after 30 minute warmup 1 kHz 5 minutes Spurious Outputs 1 8 GHz to 4 0 GHz 107 dB V output Harmonic 020 dBc Nonharmonic 040 dBc 2121 4 MHz Feedthrough 62 dB V RF Power O Residuals 100 kHz to 1 8 GHz 08 dB V O...

Page 521: ...dB V 87 dB V 0 2 dB GHz 107 to 96 1 dB V 0 dB 61 25 dB 62 25 dB 62 75 dB 63 75 dB 96 to 86 1 dB V 10 dB 60 75 dB 61 75 dB 62 25 dB 63 25 dB 87 dB V 10 dB 0 dB Reference 61 0 dB 61 50 dB 62 50 dB 86 to 76 1 dB V 20 dB 61 25 dB 62 25 dB 62 75 dB 63 75 dB 76 to 66 1 dB V 30 dB 61 35 dB 62 35 dB 62 85 dB 63 85 dB 66 to 56 1 dB V 40 dB 61 55 dB 62 55 dB 63 05 dB 64 05 dB 56 to 46 1 dB V 50 dB 61 75 dB ...

Page 522: ... Vdc 67 at 150 mA max 012 6 Vdc 610 at 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA CAL OUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal Rear Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nomi...

Page 523: ...minal AUX VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Impedance 1 M Polarity Positive or negative Range 066 dBV to 6 dBV Connector BNC EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number C1405 Option ABA and most IBM AT non auto switching keyboards EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC fema...

Page 524: ... PAL Compatible 15 625 kHz horizontal rate 50 Hz vertical rate REMOTE INTERFACE HP IB HP IB Codes SH1 AH1 T6 SR1 RL1 PP0 DC1 C1 C2 C3 and C28 RS 232 Option 023 25 pin subminiature D shell female Parallel Option 024 25 pin subminiature D shell female SWEEP OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude 0 to 10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT Options 101 102 and 301 Connector BNC female Amplitude Negative edge correspond...

Page 525: ... TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 6 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 1...

Page 526: ...Physical Characteristics DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics 4 25 ...

Page 527: ...Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8591EM EMC analyzer 4 26 HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 528: ...Regulatory Information HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics 4 27 ...

Page 529: ...ry Information Notice for Germany Noise Declaration LpA 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz operator position normaler Betrieb normal position nach DIN 45635 T 19 per ISO 7779 4 28 HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 530: ...d as follows Speci cations describe warranted performance over the temperature range 0 C to 55 C unless otherwise noted The EMC analyzer will meet its speci cations under the following conditions The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer is turned on After the CAL FRE...

Page 531: ...roup 1 Class A Audible Noise 37 5 dBA pressure and 5 0 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz Power consumption 500 VA 180 W Standby LINE 0 Power consumption 7 W Environmental Speci cations Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 5 2 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 532: ... Stability 65 2 1006 Precision Frequency Reference Option 004 Aging 61 2 1007 year Settability 61 2 1008 Temperature Stability 61 2 1008 Frequency Readout Accuracy Start Stop Center Marker 6 frequency readout 2 frequency reference error span accuracy 1 of span 20 of IF BW 100 Hz 2 Ny z frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature st...

Page 533: ...vel to displayed noise level 25 dB IF BW Span 0 01 Span 300 MHz Reduce SPAN annotation is displayed when IF BW Span 0 01 z N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Frequency Span Range 0 Hz zero span 1 kHz 2 Ny to 19 25 GHz Resolution Four digits or 20 Hz 2 Ny whichever is greater Accuracy single band spans Span 10 MHz 2 Ny 62 of spanz Span 10 MHz 2 Ny 63 of span Maximum span is 23 25 GHz for Option 026 ...

Page 534: ... CW signal 0105 dBc Hz 20 Log N Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW 1 kHz Avg BW 250 2 N Hz pk pk in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz Avg BW 30 2 N Hz pk pk in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc 20 Log N N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 freq ref error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achieva...

Page 535: ...ns for Quasi Peak Detector have been based on the following The EMC analyzer displays the quasi peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency RF or continuous wave CW signals Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comit e International Sp ecial des Perturbations Radio electriques CISPR Section 1 Clause 2 Absolute amplitude accuracy is the sum of the pulse amplitude response relative to the ...

Page 536: ...1 5 dB as speci ed in CISPR Pub 16 CISPR reference pulse 0 044 Vs for 30 MHz to 1 GHz 0 316 Vs for 15 kHz to 30 MHz and 13 5 Vs 61 5 Vs for 9 kHz to 150 kHz Gain Compressiony 10 MHz 0 5 dB total power at input mixer 97 dB V Mixer Power Level dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB y If IF BW 300 Hz this applies only if signal separation 4 kHz and signal amplitudes Reference Level 10 dB Displa...

Page 537: ...vel dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB Residual Responses Input terminated and 0 dB attenuation 150 kHz to 2 9 GHz Band 0 17 dB V 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz Band 1 17 dB V Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW...

Page 538: ...from 87 dB V 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 6 0 7 dB 01 2 dB from 87 dB V See Amplitude Range Frequency Response 10 dB input attenuation Preselector peaked in band 0 Absolute Relative Flatnessy 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 61 5 dB 61 0 dB 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz 62 0 dB 61 5 dB 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz 62 5 dB 62 0 dB 12 4 GHz to 19 4 GHz 63 0 dB 62 0 dB 19 1 GHz to 22 GHz 63 0 dB 62 0 dB 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz Options 026 and 0...

Page 539: ...nce level Corrections ON Input Attenuator Range 0 to 70 dB in 10 dB steps IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty At reference level referenced to 3 kHz IF BW 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 60 4 dB 1 kHz IF BW 60 5 dB 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0 01 2...

Page 540: ...s turned on and after CAL FREQ CAL AMPTD CAL TRK GEN and TRACKING PEAK have been run Warm Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz Output Power Level Range 106 dB V to 41 dB V Resolution 0 1 dB Absolute Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 60 75 dB Vernier Range 9 dB Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 16 dB attenuation Incremental 60 20 dB dB Cumulative 60 50 dB total Outp...

Page 541: ...urious Output 106 dB V output Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz 015 dBc TG Output 20 kHz to 2 9 GHz 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2 0 GHz 027 dBc TG Output 2 0 GHz to 2 9 GHz 023 dBc LO Feedthrough LO Frequency 3 9217 to 6 8214 GHz 91 dB V Tracking Generator Feedthrough 400 kHz to 2 9 MHz 05 dB V 5 12 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Cha...

Page 542: ...lity Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 2 Ny MHz 2 2 Ny kHz minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal y N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Diagnostic IF Bandwidths Sh...

Page 543: ...low pass lter used to average displayed noise Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti aliasing ltering FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP HANNING UNIFORM Noise Equivalent Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep ...

Page 544: ...vel of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz An uncalibrated demodulated signal is available on the AUX VIDEO OUT connector at the rear panel Quasi Peak Detector All except Option 703 Measurement Range Displayed 70 dB Total 115 dB FM Demodulation All except Option 703 Input Level 47 dB V attenuator setting Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation...

Page 545: ...4 to 19 GHz 19 to 22 GHz 0 dB 60 75 dB 61 0 dB 61 0 dB 10 dB Reference Reference Reference 20 dB 60 75 dB 60 75 dB 61 0 dB 30 dB 60 75 dB 61 0 dB 61 25 dB 40 dB 60 75 dB 61 25 dB 62 0 dB 50 dB 61 0 dB 61 5 dB 62 5 dB 60 dB 61 5 dB 62 0 dB 63 0 dB 70 dB 62 0 dB 62 5 dB 63 5 dB Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting See the Frequency Response table under Speci cations Input Attenuator 10 dB St...

Page 546: ...GHz 3 0 1 Unpeaked Frequency Response 10 dB input attenuation Without Preselector Peaking Span 50 MHz Absolute Relative Flatnessy 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz 64 0 dB 63 5 dB 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz 64 5 dB 64 0 dB 12 4 GHz to 19 4 GHz 66 0 dB 65 0 dB 19 1 GHz to 22 GHz 66 0 dB 65 0 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations HP 8593EM Spec...

Page 547: ...Amplitude Characteristics DYNAMIC RANGE 5 18 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 548: ...requency is identical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signals of up to 37 dB V displayed on the screen Electrostatic Discharge When an air discharge of up to 8 kV according to IEC 801 2 1991 occurs to the shells of the BNC connectors on the rear panel of the instrument spikes may be seen on the CRT display Discharges to center pins of any of the connectors may cause damage to th...

Page 549: ... In these modes the following analyzer speci cations are reduced to characteristics Gain Compression Reference Level Displayed Average Noise Level IF Bandwidth Switching Spurious Responses Linear to Log Switching Residual Responses Display Scale Fidelity Display Range Display Scale Fidelity for Narrow Bandwidths Finally the following analyzer speci cations are replaced by the characteristics which...

Page 550: ... 62 0 dB 61 5 dB 2 75 GHz to 6 4 GHz 62 5 dB 62 0 dB 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz 63 0 dB 62 5 dB 12 4 GHz to 19 4 GHz 63 5 dB 62 5 dB 19 1 GHz to 22 GHz 63 5 dB 62 5 dB 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz Option 026 or 027 65 5 dB 62 5 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5 21 ...

Page 551: ...sitive negative Line Selection 10 to 1021 Tracking Generator Characteristics Option 010 Tracking Drift Usable in a 1 kHz IF BW after 5 minute warmup 1 5 kHz 5 minute RF Power O Residuals 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 013 dB V Dynamic Range di erence between maximum power out and tracking generator feedthrough 111 dB Output Attenuator Repeatability 9 kHz to 300 MHz 60 1 dB 300 MHz to 2 0 GHz 60 2 dB 2 0 GHz to ...

Page 552: ...V 87 dB V 106 to 97 dB V 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 97 to 89 dB V 8 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0 75 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 89 to 81 dB V 16 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 81 to 73 dB V 24 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 73 to 65 dB V 32 dB 1 6 dB 2 35 dB 3 6 dB 4 35 dB 65 to 57 dB V 40 dB 1 8 dB 2 55 dB 3 8 dB 4 55 dB 57 to 49 dB V 48 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 4 0 dB 4 ...

Page 553: ...utput Level 134 dB V Frequency 100 MHz fundamental RF OUT Option 010 Connector Type N female Impedance 50 nominal PROBE POWER Voltage Current 15 Vdc 67 at 150 mA max 012 6 Vdc 610 at 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed...

Page 554: ...de Range 105 to 117 dB V Frequency 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency 21 4 MHz Amplitude Range 97 to 47 dB V Impedance 50 nominal AUX VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Input Impedance 10 k Polarity Use with negative detector EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number...

Page 555: ...PUT Option 009 Connector BNC female Impedance dc coupled 2 k Range 0 to 10 V Sweep Tune Output 0 36 V GHz of center frequency HI SWEEP IN OUT Connector BNC female Output High sweep Low retrace TTL Input Open collector low stops sweep MONITOR OUTPUT EMC Analyzer Display Connector BNC female Format SYNC NRM Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15 75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC...

Page 556: ...miniature D shell female Parallel Option 024 25 pin subminiature D shell female SWEEP OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude 0 to 10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT Options 101 102 and 301 Connector BNC female Amplitude Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse TTL HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5 27 ...

Page 557: ... TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 6 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 1...

Page 558: ...Physical Characteristics DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5 29 ...

Page 559: ...Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8593EM EMC analyzer 5 30 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 560: ...Regulatory Information HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5 31 ...

Page 561: ...ry Information Notice for Germany Noise Declaration LpA 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz operator position normaler Betrieb normal position nach DIN 45635 T 19 per ISO 7779 5 32 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 562: ...tics is described as follows Speci cations describe warranted performance over the temperature range 0 C to 55 C The EMC analyzer will meet its speci cations under the following conditions The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer is turned on After the CAL FREQ and C...

Page 563: ...roup 1 Class A Audible Noise 37 5 dBA pressure and 5 0 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz Power consumption 500 VA 180 W Standby LINE 0 Power consumption 7 W Environmental Speci cations Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 6 2 HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 564: ...mperature stability See Frequency Characteristics y See Drift under Stability in Frequency Characteristics Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 100 Hz Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 1 kHz Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Frequen...

Page 565: ...requency Sweep Time Range 20 ms to 100 s Options 101 and 301 20 s to 100 s for span 0 Hz Accuracy 20 ms to 100 s 63 20 s to 20 ms Options 101 and 301 62 Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz 6 dB EMC bandwidths 1 MHz 6 dB bandwidth 610 Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz 3 dB bandwidths in 1 3 10 steps 620 characteristic also 3 MHz and 5 MHz 6...

Page 566: ...l FM 1 kHz IF BW 1 kHz AVG BW 250 Hz pk pk in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz AVG BW 30 Hz pk pk in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 freq ref error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature stability See Frequency Characteristics HP 8594EM Speci cations a...

Page 567: ...ions for Quasi Peak Detector have been based on the following The EMC analyzer displays the quasi peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency RF or continuous wave CW signals Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comit e International Sp ecial des Perturbations Radio electriques CISPR Section 1 Clause 2 Absolute amplitude accuracy is the sum of the pulse amplitude response relative to th...

Page 568: ...5 6 2 0 019 0 6 2 0 Reference pulse amplitude accuracy relative to the CW signal is 1 5 dB as speci ed in CISPR Pub 16 CISPR reference pulse 0 044 Vs for 30 MHz to 1 GHz 0 316 Vs for 15 kHz to 30 MHz and 13 5 Vs 61 5 Vs for 9 kHz to 150 kHz Gain Compressiony 10 MHz 0 5 dB total power at input mixer 97 dB V Mixer Power Level dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB y If IF BW 300 Hz this applie...

Page 569: ... terminated and 0 dB attenuation 150 kHz to 2 9 GHz 17 dB V Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW pW V W V and W Marker Readout Resolution 0 05 dB for log scale 0 05 of reference level for linear scale Fast Sweep...

Page 570: ...pled 10 dB input attenuation Absolute Relative Flatnessy 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 61 5 dB 61 0 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations Calibrator Output Amplitude 87 dB V 60 4 dB Absolute Amplitude Calibration Repeatability 60 15 dB Repeatability in the measured absolute amplitude of the CAL OUT signal at the reference settings aft...

Page 571: ...z IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level IF BW 1 kHz 6 0 4 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level Log Incremental Accuracy 0 to 060 dB from Reference Level 60 4 dB 4 dB Linear Accuracy 63 of reference level 6 10 HP 8594EM Speci cations an...

Page 572: ...s turned on and after CAL FREQ CAL AMPTD CAL TRK GEN and TRACKING PEAK have been run Warm Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz Output Power Level Range 106 dB V to 41 dB V Resolution 0 1 dB Absolute Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 60 75 dB Vernier Range 9 dB Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 16 dB attenuation Incremental 60 20 dB dB Cumulative 60 50 dB total Outp...

Page 573: ...ut 106 dB V output Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz 015 dBc TG Output 20 kHz to 2 9 GHz 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2 0 GHz 027 dBc TG Output 2 0 GHz to 2 9 GHz 023 dBc LO Feedthrough LO Frequency 3 9217 to 6 8214 GHz 91 dB V Tracking Generator Feedthrough 400 kHz to 5 MHz 0 dB V 5 MHz to 2 9 GHz 05 dB V 6 12 HP 8594EM Speci cati...

Page 574: ... for 24 hours Stability Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 MHz Free Run 2 kHz minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal Diagnostic IF Bandwidths Shape Synchronously ...

Page 575: ...low pass lter used to average displayed noise Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti aliasing ltering FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP HANNING UNIFORM Noise Equivalent Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep ...

Page 576: ...vel of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz An uncalibrated demodulated signal is available on the AUX VIDEO OUT connector at the rear panel Quasi Peak Detector All except Option 703 Measurement Range Displayed 70 dB Total 115 dB FM Demodulation All except Option 703 Input Level 47 dB V attenuator setting Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation...

Page 577: ...ertainty Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60 2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60 4 dB 30 dB 60 5 dB 40 dB 60 7 dB 50 dB 60 8 dB 60 dB 61 0 dB 70 dB 61 0 dB Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting See the Frequency Response table under Speci cations ac Coupled Insertion Loss 100 kHz to 300 kHz 0 7 dB 300 kHz to 1 MHz 0 7 dB 1 MHz to 100 MHz 0 05 dB 100 MHz to 2 9 GHz 0 05 dB 0 06 2 Fy dB Referenced to dc cou...

Page 578: ...RF Input SWR 10 dB attenuation dc Coupled ac Coupled Frequency 300 MHz 1 15 1 1 4 1 10 dB to 70 dB attenuation Band 100 kHz to 300 kHz 1 3 1 2 3 1 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 1 3 1 1 3 1 DYNAMIC RANGE HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics 6 17 ...

Page 579: ...ical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signals of up to 37 dB V displayed on the screen Electrostatic Discharge When an air discharge of up to 8 kV according to IEC 801 2 1991 occurs to the shells of the BNC connectors on the rear panel of the instrument spikes may be seen on the CRT display Discharges to center pins of any of the connectors may cause damage to the associated circ...

Page 580: ...erage Noise Level IF Bandwidth Switching Spurious Responses Linear to Log Switching Residual Responses Display Scale Fidelity Display Range Display Scale Fidelity for Narrow Bandwidths Finally the following analyzer speci cations are replaced by the characteristics which follow in this subsection Marker Readout Resolution Frequency Response Marker Readout Resolution digitizing resolution Log Scale...

Page 581: ...arity Positive negative Line Selection 10 to 1021 Tracking Generator Characteristics Option 010 Tracking Drift Usable in a 1 kHz IF BW after 5 minute warmup 1 5 kHz 5 minute RF Power O Residuals 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 013 dB V Dynamic Range di erence between maximum power out and tracking generator feedthrough Frequency 5 MHz 106 dB Frequency 5 MHz 111 dB Output Attenuator Repeatability 9 kHz to 300 MHz...

Page 582: ...ferred to referred to 87 dB V 87 dB V 106 to 97 dB V 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 97 to 89 dB V 8 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0 75 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 89 to 81 dB V 16 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 81 to 73 dB V 24 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 73 to 65 dB V 32 dB 1 6 dB 2 35 dB 3 6 dB 4 35 dB 65 to 57 dB V 40 dB 1 8 dB 2 55 dB 3 8 dB 4 55 dB 57 to 49 dB V 48...

Page 583: ...t 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA CAL OUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal Rear Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal Output Amplitude 107 dB V 6 22 HP...

Page 584: ...edance 50 nominal AUX VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Input Impedance 10 k Polarity Use with negative detector EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number C1405 Option ABA and most IBM AT non auto switching keyboards EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC female Trigger L...

Page 585: ...nnector BNC female Output High sweep Low retrace TTL Input Open collector low stops sweep MONITOR OUTPUT EMC Analyzer Display Connector BNC female Format SYNC NRM Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15 75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC PAL PAL Compatible 15 625 kHz horizontal rate 50 Hz vertical rate REMOTE INTERFACE HP IB HP IB Codes SH1 AH1 T6 SR1 RL1 PP0 DC1 C1 C2 C3 and C2...

Page 586: ...Lo 2 Control B TTL Output Hi Lo TTL Output Hi Lo 3 Control C TTL Output Hi Lo Strobe 4 Control D TTL Output Hi Lo Serial Data 5 Control I TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTE...

Page 587: ...stics WEIGHT Net HP 8594EM 16 4 kg 36 lb Shipping HP 8594EM 19 1 kg 42 lb DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm 6 26 HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 588: ...Regulatory Information Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8594EM EMC analyzer HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics 6 27 ...

Page 589: ...Regulatory Information 6 28 HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 590: ...ry Information Notice for Germany Noise Declaration LpA 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz operator position normaler Betrieb normal position nach DIN 45635 T 19 per ISO 7779 HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics 6 29 ...

Page 591: ......

Page 592: ... is described as follows Speci cations describe warranted performance over the temperature range 0 C to 55 C The EMC analyzer will meet its speci cations under the following conditions The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer is turned on After the CAL FREQ CAL AMP a...

Page 593: ...roup 1 Class A Audible Noise 37 5 dBA pressure and 5 0 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz Power consumption 500 VA 180 W Standby LINE 0 Power consumption 7 W Environmental Speci cations Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 7 2 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 594: ...mperature stability See Frequency Characteristics y See Drift under Stability in Frequency Characteristics Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 100 Hz Frequency Span 10 MHz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 1 kHz Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Frequen...

Page 595: ...n error Frequency Sweep Time Range 20 ms to 100 s Options 101 and 301 20 s to 100 s for span 0 Hz Accuracy 20 ms to 100 s 63 20 s to 20 ms Options 101 and 301 62 Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz 6 dB EMC bandwidths 1 MHz 6 dB bandwidth 610 Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz 3 dB bandwidths in 1 3 10 steps 620 characteristic also 3 MHz an...

Page 596: ...l FM 1 kHz IF BW 1 kHz AVG BW 250 Hz pk pk in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz AVG BW 30 Hz pk pk in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 freq ref error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature stability See Frequency Characteristics HP 8595EM Speci cations a...

Page 597: ...peci cations for Quasi Peak Detector have been based on the following The EMC analyzer displays the quasi peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency RF or continuous wave CW signals Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comit e International Sp ecial des Perturbations Radio electriques CISPR Section 1 Clause 2 Absolute amplitude accuracy is the sum of the pulse amplitude response relati...

Page 598: ... 2 0 019 0 6 2 0 Reference pulse amplitude accuracy relative to the CW signal is 1 5 dB as speci ed in CISPR Pub 16 CISPR reference pulse 0 044 Vs for 30 MHz to 1 GHz 0 316 Vs for 15 kHz to 30 MHz and 13 5 Vs 61 5 Vs for 9 kHz to 150 kHz Gain Compressiony 10 MHz 0 5 dB total power at input mixer 97 dB V Mixer Power Level dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB y If IF BW 300 Hz this applies o...

Page 599: ...nput Attenuation dB Residual Responses Input terminated and 0 dB attenuation 150 kHz to 6 5 GHz 17 dB V Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW pW V W V and W Marker Readout Resolution 0 05 dB for log scale 0 05 of...

Page 600: ...n Absolute Relative Flatnessy 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 61 5 dB 61 0 dB 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz preselector peaked 62 0 dB 61 5 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations Calibrator Output Amplitude 87 dB V 60 4 dB Absolute Amplitude Calibration Repeatability 60 15 dB Repeatability in the measured absolute amplitude of the CAL OUT signal a...

Page 601: ...z IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level IF BW 1 kHz 6 0 4 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level Log Incremental Accuracy 0 to 060 dB from Reference Level 60 4 dB 4 dB Linear Accuracy 63 of reference level 7 10 HP 8595EM Speci cations an...

Page 602: ...s turned on and after CAL FREQ CAL AMPTD CAL TRK GEN and TRACKING PEAK have been run Warm Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz Output Power Level Range 106 dB V to 41 dB V Resolution 0 1 dB Absolute Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 60 75 dB Vernier Range 9 dB Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 16 dB attenuation Incremental 60 20 dB dB Cumulative 60 50 dB total Outp...

Page 603: ...urious Output 106 dB V output Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz 015 dBc TG Output 20 kHz to 2 9 GHz 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2 0 GHz 027 dBc TG Output 2 0 GHz to 2 9 GHz 023 dBc LO Feedthrough LO Frequency 3 9217 to 6 8214 GHz 91 dB V Tracking Generator Feedthrough 400 kHz to 2 9 GHz 03 dB V 7 12 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Cha...

Page 604: ... for 24 hours Stability Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 MHz Free Run 2 kHz minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal Diagnostic IF Bandwidths Shape Synchronously ...

Page 605: ...low pass lter used to average displayed noise Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti aliasing ltering FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP HANNING UNIFORM Noise Equivalent Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep ...

Page 606: ...vel of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz An uncalibrated demodulated signal is available on the AUX VIDEO OUT connector at the rear panel Quasi Peak Detector All except Option 703 Measurement Range Displayed 70 dB Total 115 dB FM Demodulation All except Option 703 Input Level 47 dB V attenuator setting Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation...

Page 607: ...Setting 0 dB 60 2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60 4 dB 30 dB 60 5 dB 40 dB 60 7 dB 50 dB 60 8 dB 60 dB 61 0 dB 70 dB 61 0 dB Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting See the Frequency Response table under Speci cations ac Coupled Insertion Loss 100 kHz to 300 kHz 0 7 dB 300 kHz to 1 MHz 0 2 dB 1 MHz to 100 MHz 0 07 dB 100 MHz to 2 9 GHz 0 05 dB 0 06 2 Fy dB 2 9 GHz to 6 5 GHz 0 05 dB 0 13 2 Fy dB ...

Page 608: ...00 kHz to 1 MHz 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 1 3 1 1 3 1 2 9 GHz to 6 5 GHz 1 5 1 1 6 1 Unpeaked Frequency Response dc coupled 10 dB input attenuation Without Preselector Peaking Span 50 MHz Absolute Relative Flatnessy 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz 64 0 dB 63 5 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency response deviations HP 8595EM Speci cations and Chara...

Page 609: ...s identical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signals of up to 37 dB V displayed on the screen Electrostatic Discharge When an air discharge of up to 8 kV according to IEC 801 2 1991 occurs to the shells of the BNC connectors on the rear panel of the instrument spikes may be seen on the CRT display Discharges to center pins of any of the connectors may cause damage to the associat...

Page 610: ...th Switching Spurious Responses Linear to Log Switching Residual Responses Display Scale Fidelity Display Range Display Scale Fidelity for Narrow Bandwidths Finally the following analyzer speci cations are replaced by the characteristics which follow in this subsection Marker Readout Resolution Frequency Response Marker Readout Resolution digitizing resolution Log Scale 60 31 dB Linear Scale frequ...

Page 611: ...terlaced Trigger Polarity Positive negative Line Selection 10 to 1021 Tracking Generator Characteristics Option 010 Tracking Drift Usable in a 1 kHz IF BW after 5 minute warmup 1 5 kHz 5 minute RF Power O Residuals 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 013 dB V Dynamic Range di erence between maximum power out and tracking generator feedthrough 109 dB Output Attenuator Repeatability 9 kHz to 300 MHz 60 1 dB 300 MHz to...

Page 612: ...ferred to referred to 87 dB V 87 dB V 106 to 97 dB V 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 97 to 89 dB V 8 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0 75 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 89 to 81 dB V 16 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 81 to 73 dB V 24 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 73 to 65 dB V 32 dB 1 6 dB 2 35 dB 3 6 dB 4 35 dB 65 to 57 dB V 40 dB 1 8 dB 2 55 dB 3 8 dB 4 55 dB 57 to 49 dB V 48...

Page 613: ...t 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA CAL OUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal Rear Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal Output Amplitude 107 dB V 7 22 HP...

Page 614: ...edance 50 nominal AUX VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Input Impedance 10 k Polarity Use with negative detector EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number C1405 Option ABA and most IBM AT non auto switching keyboards EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC female Trigger L...

Page 615: ...nnector BNC female Output High sweep Low retrace TTL Input Open collector low stops sweep MONITOR OUTPUT EMC Analyzer Display Connector BNC female Format SYNC NRM Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15 75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC PAL PAL Compatible 15 625 kHz horizontal rate 50 Hz vertical rate REMOTE INTERFACE HP IB HP IB Codes SH1 AH1 T6 SR1 RL1 PP0 DC1 C1 C2 C3 and C2...

Page 616: ...Lo 2 Control B TTL Output Hi Lo TTL Output Hi Lo 3 Control C TTL Output Hi Lo Strobe 4 Control D TTL Output Hi Lo Serial Data 5 Control I TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTE...

Page 617: ...stics WEIGHT Net HP 8595EM 16 4 kg 36 lb Shipping HP 8595EM 19 1 kg 42 lb DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm 7 26 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 618: ...Regulatory Information Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8595EM EMC analyzer HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics 7 27 ...

Page 619: ...Regulatory Information 7 28 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 620: ...ry Information Notice for Germany Noise Declaration LpA 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz operator position normaler Betrieb normal position nach DIN 45635 T 19 per ISO 7779 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics 7 29 ...

Page 621: ......

Page 622: ...d as follows Speci cations describe warranted performance over the temperature range 0 C to 55 C unless otherwise noted The EMC analyzer will meet its speci cations under the following conditions The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer is turned on After the CAL FRE...

Page 623: ...roup 1 Class A Audible Noise 37 5 dBA pressure and 5 0 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz Power consumption 500 VA 180 W Standby LINE 0 Power consumption 7 W Environmental Speci cations Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 8 2 HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 624: ...recision Frequency Reference Option 004 Aging 61 2 1007 year Settability 61 2 1008 Temperature Stability 61 2 1008 Frequency Readout Accuracy Start Stop Center Marker 6 frequency readout 2 frequency reference error span accuracy 1 of span 20 of IF BW 100 Hz 2 Ny z frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature stability See Frequency ...

Page 625: ...haracteristics y Marker level to displayed noise level 25 dB IF BW Span 0 01 Span 300 MHz Reduce SPAN annotation is displayed when IF BW Span 0 01 z N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Frequency Span Range 0 Hz zero span 1 kHz 2 Ny to 12 8 GHz Resolution Four digits or 20 Hz 2 Ny whichever is greater Accuracy single band spans Span 10 MHz 2 Ny 62 of span Span 10 MHz 2 Ny 63 of span For spans 10 kHz ...

Page 626: ... CW signal 0105 dBc Hz 20 Log N Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW 1 kHz Avg BW 250 2 N Hz pk pk in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz Avg BW 30 2 N Hz pk pk in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc 20 Log N N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 freq ref error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achieva...

Page 627: ...peci cations for Quasi Peak Detector have been based on the following The EMC analyzer displays the quasi peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency RF or continuous wave CW signals Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comit e International Sp ecial des Perturbations Radio electriques CISPR Section 1 Clause 2 Absolute amplitude accuracy is the sum of the pulse amplitude response relati...

Page 628: ...Reference pulse amplitude accuracy relative to the CW signal is 1 5 dB as speci ed in CISPR Pub 16 CISPR reference pulse 0 044 Vs for 30 MHz to 1 GHz 0 316 Vs for 15 kHz to 30 MHz and 13 5 Vs 61 5 Vs for 9 kHz to 150 kHz Gain Compressiony 10 MHz 0 5 dB total power at input mixer 97 dB V Mixer Power Level dB V Input Power dB V 0 Input Attenuation dB y If IF BW 300 Hz this applies only if signal sep...

Page 629: ...Residual Responses Input terminated and 0 dB attenuation 150 kHz to 2 9 GHz Band 0 17 dB V 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz Band 1 17 dB V Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW pW V W V and W Marker Readout Resolution 0 05 dB...

Page 630: ... dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 6 dB 01 2 dB from 87 dB V 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 6 0 7 dB 01 2 dB from 87 dB V See Amplitude Range Frequency Response dc coupled 10 dB input attenuation Absolute Relative Flatnessy 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 61 5 dB 61 0 dB 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz preselector peaked 62 0 dB 61 5 dB 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz preselector peaked 62 5 dB 62 0 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Refe...

Page 631: ...vel Corrections ON dc coupled Input Attenuator Range 0 to 70 dB in 10 dB steps IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty At reference level referenced to 3 kHz IF BW 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 60 4 dB 1 kHz IF BW 60 5 dB 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0...

Page 632: ...s turned on and after CAL FREQ CAL AMPTD CAL TRK GEN and TRACKING PEAK have been run Warm Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz Output Power Level Range 106 dB V to 41 dB V Resolution 0 1 dB Absolute Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 60 75 dB Vernier Range 9 dB Accuracy at 25 C 610 C 87 dB V at 300 MHz 16 dB attenuation Incremental 60 20 dB dB Cumulative 60 50 dB total Outp...

Page 633: ...urious Output 106 dB V output Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz 015 dBc TG Output 20 kHz to 2 9 GHz 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2 0 GHz 027 dBc TG Output 2 0 GHz to 2 9 GHz 023 dBc LO Feedthrough LO Frequency 3 9217 to 6 8214 GHz 91 dB V Tracking Generator Feedthrough 400 kHz to 2 9 MHz 03 dB V 8 12 HP 8596EM Speci cations and Cha...

Page 634: ...lity Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 2 Ny MHz 2 2 Ny kHz minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal y N LO harmonic See Frequency Range Diagnostic IF Bandwidths Sh...

Page 635: ...low pass lter used to average displayed noise Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti aliasing ltering FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP HANNING UNIFORM Noise Equivalent Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep ...

Page 636: ...vel of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz An uncalibrated demodulated signal is available on the AUX VIDEO OUT connector at the rear panel Quasi Peak Detector All except Option 703 Measurement Range Displayed 70 dB Total 115 dB FM Demodulation All except Option 703 Input Level 47 dB V attenuator setting Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation...

Page 637: ...ncertainty Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60 2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60 4 dB 30 dB 60 5 dB 40 dB 60 7 dB 50 dB 60 8 dB 60 dB 61 0 dB 70 dB 61 0 dB Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting See the Frequency Response table under Speci cations ac Coupled Insertion Loss 100 kHz to 300 kHz 0 7 dB 300 kHz to 1 MHz 0 2 dB 1 MHz to 100 MHz 0 07 dB 100 MHz to 2 9 GHz 0 05 dB 0 06 2 Fy dB 2 9 GHz to 6 5 GHz...

Page 638: ...1 2 3 1 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 1 3 1 1 3 1 2 9 GHz to 6 5 GHz 1 5 1 1 6 1 6 5 GHz to 12 8 GHz 1 6 1 1 9 1 Unpeaked Frequency Response dc coupled 10 dB input attenuation Without Preselector Peaking Span 50 MHz Absolute Relative Flatnessy 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHz 64 0 dB 63 5 dB 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz 64 5 dB 64 0 dB Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT y Referenced to midpoint between highe...

Page 639: ...s identical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signals of up to 37 dB V displayed on the screen Electrostatic Discharge When an air discharge of up to 8 kV according to IEC 801 2 1991 occurs to the shells of the BNC connectors on the rear panel of the instrument spikes may be seen on the CRT display Discharges to center pins of any of the connectors may cause damage to the associat...

Page 640: ...nses Linear to Log Switching Residual Responses Display Scale Fidelity Display Range Display Scale Fidelity for Narrow Bandwidths Finally the following analyzer speci cations are replaced by the characteristics which follow in this subsection Marker Readout Resolution Frequency Response Marker Readout Resolution digitizing resolution Log Scale 60 31 dB Linear Scale frequency 1 GHz 60 59 of referen...

Page 641: ...sitive negative Line Selection 10 to 1021 Tracking Generator Characteristics Option 010 Tracking Drift Usable in a 1 kHz IF BW after 5 minute warmup 1 5 kHz 5 minute RF Power O Residuals 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz 013 dB V Dynamic Range di erence between maximum power out and tracking generator feedthrough 109 dB Output Attenuator Repeatability 9 kHz to 300 MHz 60 1 dB 300 MHz to 2 0 GHz 60 2 dB 2 0 GHz to ...

Page 642: ...V 87 dB V 106 to 97 dB V 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 97 to 89 dB V 8 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0 75 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 89 to 81 dB V 16 dB 1 0 dB 1 75 dB 3 0 dB 3 75 dB 81 to 73 dB V 24 dB 1 5 dB 2 25 dB 3 5 dB 4 25 dB 73 to 65 dB V 32 dB 1 6 dB 2 35 dB 3 6 dB 4 35 dB 65 to 57 dB V 40 dB 1 8 dB 2 55 dB 3 8 dB 4 55 dB 57 to 49 dB V 48 dB 2 0 dB 2 75 dB 4 0 dB 4 ...

Page 643: ... Type N female Impedance 50 nominal PROBE POWER Voltage Current 15 Vdc 67 at 150 mA max 012 6 Vdc 610 at 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA CAL OUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal 8 22 HP 8596EM Speci...

Page 644: ...de Range 105 to 117 dB V Frequency 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency 21 4 MHz Amplitude Range 97 to 47 dB V Impedance 50 nominal AUX VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Input Impedance 10 k Polarity Use with negative detector EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number...

Page 645: ...PUT Option 009 Connector BNC female Impedance dc coupled 2 k Range 0 to 10 V Sweep Tune Output 0 36 V GHz of center frequency HI SWEEP IN OUT Connector BNC female Output High sweep Low retrace TTL Input Open collector low stops sweep MONITOR OUTPUT EMC Analyzer Display Connector BNC female Format SYNC NRM Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15 75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC...

Page 646: ...miniature D shell female Parallel Option 024 25 pin subminiature D shell female SWEEP OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude 0 to 10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT Options 101 102 and 301 Connector BNC female Amplitude Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse TTL HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics 8 25 ...

Page 647: ... TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 6 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 1...

Page 648: ...Physical Characteristics DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics 8 27 ...

Page 649: ...Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8596EM EMC analyzer 8 28 HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 650: ...Regulatory Information HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics 8 29 ...

Page 651: ...ry Information Notice for Germany Noise Declaration LpA 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz operator position normaler Betrieb normal position nach DIN 45635 T 19 per ISO 7779 8 30 HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics ...

Page 652: ...n cycle 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range 30 minutes after the EMC analyzer with the RF lter section is turned on After the CAL FREQ and CAL AMP or the CAL ALL routines have been run After the CAL YTF routine has been run on the HP 8595EM or the HP 8596EM Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about the functions and performanc...

Page 653: ...and 5 5 Bels power ISODP7779 Power Requirements ON LINE 1 90 to 132 V rms 47 to 440 Hz 195 to 250 V rms 47 to 66 Hz EMC Analyzer Power consumption 500 VA 180 W RF Filter Section Power consumption 115 VA 85 W Standby LINE 0 EMC Analyzer Power consumption 7 W Environmental Characteristics Type tested to the environmental speci cations of Mil T 28800 class 5 9 2 Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer w...

Page 654: ...o 1 8 GHz HP 8594EM 9 kHz to 2 9 GHz HP 8595EM 9 kHz to 6 5 GHz HP 8596EM 9 kHz to 12 8 GHz Single Band Range Band 0 9 kHz to 2 9 GHzy Band 1 2 75 GHz to 6 5 GHzy Band 2 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHzy Bypass only y Refer to Frequency Range in this section for the maximum frequency range of the EMC analyzer Frequency Reference Aging 61 0 2 1007 day 62 2 1006 year Settability 60 5 2 1006 Temperature Stability...

Page 655: ...cy temperature stability y See Drift Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 200 Hz 10 MHz 2 Nz 6 marker frequency 2 frequency reference error counter resolution 2 kHz Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 100 Hz to 100 kHz frequency reference error aging...

Page 656: ...er z For spans 10 kHz add an additional 10 Hz resolution error N 1 except for the HP 8596EM from 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz where N 2 Frequency Sweep Time Range 20 ms to 100 s Option 101 and 301 20 s to 100 s for span 0 Hz Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz 9 kHz and 120 kHz 6 dB EMC bandwidths 1 MHz 6 dB bandwidth 610 Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz 3 dB bandw...

Page 657: ... BW 250 Hz pk pk 2 N in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW 30 Hz Avg BW 30 Hz pk pk 2 N in 300 ms System Related Sidebands 30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc 20 Log N N 1 except for the HP 8596EM from 6 0 GHz to 12 8 GHz where N 2 Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6 frequency reference error 2 300 MHz frequency reference error aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment initial achievable accuracy temperature...

Page 658: ...e of the EMC analyzer Drift after warmup at stabilized temperature Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 kHz 2 Ny minute of sweep time Because the analyzer is locked at the center frequency before each sweep drift occurs only during the time of one sweep For Line Video or External trigger additional drift occurs while waiting for the appropriate trigger signal y N 1 except for the HP 8596EM from 6 0 GHz to 12 8...

Page 659: ...Bandwidth 3 632 1 52 12 3 dB Bandwidth 3 602 1 482 12 Sidelobe Height 090 dB 032 dB 013 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 dB 1 42 dB 3 92 dB Shape Factor 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 2 6 9 1 300 Multiply entry by one divided by sweep time 9 8 Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section ...

Page 660: ... and 30 dB input attenuation dc 0 Vdc Display Range Log Scale 0 to 070 dB from reference level is calibrated 0 1 0 2 0 5 dB division and 1 to 20 dB division in 1 dB steps eight divisions displayed Linear Scale eight divisions Scale Units dBm dBmV dB V mV mW nV nW pW V W V and W Marker Readout Resolution 0 05 dB for log scale 0 05 of reference level for linear scale Fast Sweep Times for Zero Span 2...

Page 661: ...put attenuation 2 1 2 1 3 1 10 dB input attenuation 100 kHz to 1 GHz 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 GHz 1 6 1 1 6 1 2 1 Indicated characteristic was derived from measured harmonic levels for a 040 dB input signal y Signal separation 50 kHz Indicated characteristic was derived from measured distortion products for two 77 dB V CW signals at the input Other Input Related Spurious 065 dBc 30 kHz o set for 87 dB V ...

Page 662: ...ference Level Range Log Scale Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude Linear Scale 8 dB V to maximum amplitude Resolution Log Scale 60 01 dB Linear Scale 60 12 of reference level Accuracy referenced to 87 dB V reference level 10 dB input attenuation at a single frequency in a xed IF BW 107 dB V to 47 1 dB V 6 0 3 dB 01 2 dB from 87 dB V 47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 6 dB 01 2 dB from 8...

Page 663: ...ty At reference level referenced to 3 kHz IF BW 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 60 4 dB 1 kHz IF BW 60 5 dB 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 60 6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60 25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 6 0 3 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level IF BW 1 kHz 6 0 4 dB 0 01 2 dB from reference level Log Incremental Accuracy 0 to...

Page 664: ...uasi Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse dB All except Option 703 Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency Hz 0 03 to 1 GHz 0 15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 8 0 6 1 0 4 5 6 1 0 100 0 dB reference 0 dB reference 4 0 6 1 0 60 3 0 6 1 0 25 0 dB reference 20 09 0 6 1 0 06 5 6 1 0 10 014 0 6 1 5 010 0 6 1 5 04 0 6 1 0 5 07 5 6 1 5 2 026 0 6 2 0 020 5 6 2 0 013 0 6...

Page 665: ...t Detector Types Positive Peak Quasi Peak and Average Quasi Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub 16 Option 101 and Option 301 Negative Peak Option 703 Delete Quasi Peak and Average Overload Detectors Available in EMC analyzer mode only IF overload Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry RF overload Detects overload of the RF Filter Section circuitry 9 14 Characteristics ...

Page 666: ... the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278 6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321 4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to 62 dB V When the analyzer tuned frequency is identical to the immunity test signal frequency there may be signal...

Page 667: ...t 150 mA max 012 6 Vdc 610 at 150 mA max Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA CAL OUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 nominal EMC Analyzer Rear Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector BNC female Impedance 50 ...

Page 668: ...VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude Range 0 to 1 V uncorrected EARPHONE All except Option 703 Connector 1 8 inch monaural jack EXT ALC INPUT Option 010 Impedance 1 M Polarity Positive or negative Range 066 dBV to 6 dBV Connector BNC EXT KEYBOARD Interface compatible with HP part number C1405 Option ABA and most IBM AT non auto switching keyboards EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC female Trigger...

Page 669: ...tible 15 625 kHz horizontal rate 50 Hz vertical rate REMOTE INTERFACE HP IB HP IB Codes SH1 AH1 T6 SR1 RL1 PP0 DC1 C1 C2 C3 and C28 RS 232 Option 023 25 pin subminiature D shell female Parallel Option 024 25 pin subminiature D shell female SWEEP OUTPUT Connector BNC female Amplitude 0 to 10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT Options 101 102 and 301 Connector BNC female Amplitude Negative edge corresponds to start...

Page 670: ... Serial Data 5 Control I TTL Input Hi Lo TTL Input Hi Lo 6 Gnd Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67 150 mA 8 5 Vdc 65 150 mA 9y 15 Vdc 65 150 mA Exceeding the 5 V current limits may result in loss of factory correction constants y Total current drawn from the 15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA Total current drawn from the 012 6 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX I...

Page 671: ...b HP 8595EM 19 1 kg 42 lb HP 8596EM 19 1 kg 42 lb RF Filter Section Front Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 1 Connector Type N female Impedance 50 nominal INPUT 2 Connector Type N female Impedance 50 nominal 300 MHz Input Connector Type N female Impedance 50 nominal Tracking Generator Input Connector Type N female Impedance 50 nominal 9 20 Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Secti...

Page 672: ...ilter Section Rear Panel Inputs and Outputs High Sweep Output Connector SMA female Output High sweep Low retrace TTL SWEEP RAMP INPUT Connector SMA female Amplitude 0 to 10 V ramp AUX Interface Connector 9 pin subminiature Service Bus Connector HP IB Compatible WEIGHT RF Filter Section HP 85420E 20 7 kg 46 lb Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section 9 21 ...

Page 673: ...hysical Characteristics EMC ANALYZER DIMENSIONS A 8 in 200 mm B 7 25 in 184 mm C 14 69 in 373 mm D 13 25 in 337 mm E 18 12 in 460 5 mm 9 22 Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section ...

Page 674: ...Physical Characteristics RF FILTER SECTION DIMENSIONS A 5 26 in 133 5 mm B 18 03 in 457 9 mm C 25 35 in 643 9 mm Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section 9 23 ...

Page 675: ......

Page 676: ...to service your EMC analyzer after warranty expiration Call your HP Sales and Service O ce for full details If you want to service the EMC analyzer yourself after warranty expiration contact your HP Sales and Service O ce to obtain the most current test and maintenance information Calling HP Sales and Service O ces Sales and service o ces are located around the world to provide complete support fo...

Page 677: ...on If the EMC Analyzer Cannot Communicate Via HP IB Verify that the proper HP IB address has been set Verify that there are no equipment address con icts Check that the other equipment and cables are connected properly and operating correctly Verify that the HP IB cable is connected to the EMC analyzer Verify that the HP IB cable is not connected to the RF lter section if your system includes an R...

Page 678: ... normal mode If the RF Filter Section Does Not Power O Verify that the service power switch on the RF lter section is set to normal mode Additional Support Services CompuServe CompuServe the worldwide electronic information utility provides technical information and support for EMC instrumentation and communication with other EMI users With a CompuServe account and a modem equipped computer simply...

Page 679: ...9 66 55 0 222 Hong Kong 852 867 0102 Israel 972 3 290466 Japan 0120 22 1200 81 3 5471 5806 Korea 080 022 7400 82 2 569 5400 New Zealand 0800 441 082 South Africa 27 12 841 2530 Switzerland 155 31 79 Taiwan 886 2 515 7035 United Kingdom 0800 289458 44 272 255111 United States 800 848 8990 1 614 457 8650 Venezuela 58 2 793 2984 Elsewhere 1 614 457 8650 FAX Support Line A fax sheet is provided at the...

Page 680: ...item may delay your response Simply copy the fax cover sheet ll out the requested information include any additional information sheets and fax the sheet s to HP EMC Support at 707 577 4200 Depending on the complexity of the problem you should receive a response back within a few days Customer Support 10 5 ...

Page 681: ...ION Damage to the EMC analyzer can result from using packaging materials other than those speci ed Never use styrene pellets in any shape as packaging materials They do not adequately cushion the instrument or prevent it from shifting in the carton Styrene pellets cause equipment damage by generating static electricity and by lodging in the fan 2 Use the original packaging materials if possible Yo...

Page 682: ... electricity Wrap the instrument several times in the material to both protect the instrument and prevent it from moving in the carton 5 Seal the shipping container securely with strong nylon adhesive tape 6 Mark the shipping container FRAGILE HANDLE WITH CARE to ensure careful handling 7 Retain copies of all shipping papers Customer Support 10 7 ...

Page 683: ...anada Berner Strasse 117 1217 Meyrin 2 Geneva Zone D Activite De Courtaboeuf 6000 Frankfurt 56 Switzerland F 91947 Les Ulis Cedex West Germany 41 22 780 8111 France 49 69 500006 0 33 1 69 82 60 60 Great Britain Hewlett Packard Ltd Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire RF11 5DZ England 44 734 696622 INTERCON FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters Australia Canada Hewlett Packard Company Hewlett...

Page 684: ...Customer Support 10 9 ...

Page 685: ...10 10 Customer Support ...

Page 686: ...ccuracy HP 8591EM 2 322 325 accessories recommended 1 13 ac coupled insertion loss 6 16 7 16 8 16 adapters recommended 1 15 ALC output 9 21 amplitude range 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 9 audible noise 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 AUX IF OUTPUT 4 22 5 25 6 23 7 23 8 23 9 17 INTERFACE 4 23 5 27 6 25 7 25 8 25 9 18 9 21 VIDEO OUTPUT 4 22 5 25 6 23 7 23 8 23 9 17 averaging bandwidth 03 dB 4 13 5 13 6 13 7 13 8 13...

Page 687: ...19 6 17 7 18 8 18 9 15 electrostatic discharge 4 17 5 19 6 17 7 18 8 18 9 15 EMI compatibility 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 environmental characteristics 9 2 speci cations 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 EXT ALC INPUT 4 22 5 25 6 23 7 23 8 23 9 17 KEYBOARD 4 22 5 25 6 23 7 23 8 23 9 17 REF IN 4 21 5 25 6 22 7 22 8 23 9 16 TRIG INPUT 4 22 5 26 6 23 7 23 8 24 9 17 F fast time domain sweeps HP 8591EM 2 314 317 HP 859...

Page 688: ...3 HP 8594EM 2 350 353 HP 8595EM 2 350 353 HP 8596EM 2 350 353 High Sweep Output 9 21 HI SWEEP IN OUT 4 22 5 26 6 24 7 24 8 24 9 17 I IF bandwidth 4 4 4 13 5 4 5 13 6 4 6 13 7 4 7 13 8 4 8 13 9 5 switching uncertainty 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 10 9 12 IF overload detector 4 16 5 16 6 16 7 16 8 16 9 14 immunity testing 4 17 5 19 6 17 7 18 8 18 9 15 INPUT 1 9 20 INPUT 2 9 20 INPUT 50 4 21 5 24 6 22 7 22 ...

Page 689: ... 7 20 8 20 atness 4 11 5 12 6 12 7 12 8 12 frequency 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 power level 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 power sweep 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 tracking 4 19 VSWR 4 19 5 22 6 20 7 20 8 20 P packaging the analyzer 10 6 packing material 10 6 performance test record HP 8591EM 3 3 15 HP 8593EM 3 16 30 HP 8594EM 3 31 43 HP 8595EM 3 44 56 HP 8596EM 3 57 70 performance veri cation test record 1 9...

Page 690: ...6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 power sweep range HP 8593EM 2 330 334 HP 8594EM 2 330 334 HP 8595EM 2 330 334 HP 8596EM 2 330 334 precision frequency reference 4 3 4 13 5 3 5 13 6 3 6 13 7 3 7 13 8 3 8 13 9 3 probe power 4 21 5 24 6 22 7 22 8 22 9 16 problems how to solve 10 2 Q quasi peak detector characteristics 9 12 measurement range 4 15 5 15 6 15 7 15 8 15 9 13 speci cations 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 R radiated im...

Page 691: ...596EM 2 222 235 stability 4 4 4 13 5 5 5 13 6 4 6 13 7 4 7 13 8 5 8 13 9 5 9 7 support FAX 10 4 SWEEP OUTPUT 4 23 5 27 6 25 7 25 8 25 9 18 sweep ramp input 9 21 sweep time accuracy test 2 58 60 SWEEP TUNE OUTPUT 5 26 6 24 7 24 8 24 system related sidebands test 2 29 31 T temperature operating 1 10 temperature range 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 test equipment recommended 1 9 1 10 testing prior to 1 9 te...

Page 692: ...tor level atness 2 335 345 tracking generator LO feedthrough amplitude 2 381 384 third order intercept 9 10 tracking drift 5 22 6 20 7 20 8 20 tracking generator feedthrough 5 12 6 12 7 12 8 12 input 9 20 output 9 20 output accuracy 4 20 5 23 6 21 7 21 8 21 speci cations 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 tracking generator feedthrough HP 8591EM 2 367 370 HP 8593EM 2 376 380 HP 8594EM 2 371 375 HP 8595EM 2 ...

Page 693: ......

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for 8590 E-Series

Vcheck V2400 User Manual preview
V2400
Brand: Vcheck Pages: 31
Eagletone MM100 User Manual preview
MM100
Brand: Eagletone Pages: 2
Accu-Chek Inform II Training Manual preview
Inform II
Brand: Accu-Chek Pages: 12
Campbell CR10X Operator'S Manual preview
CR10X
Brand: Campbell Pages: 362
Campbell CNR4 User Manual preview
CNR4
Brand: Campbell Pages: 60
Campbell SkyVUE 8 Product Manual preview
SkyVUE 8
Brand: Campbell Pages: 116
Campbell 03002 Product Manual preview
03002
Brand: Campbell Pages: 30
Campbell CS650 Product Manual preview
CS650
Brand: Campbell Pages: 55
Cannon CAV 4.2 Operation Manual preview
CAV 4.2
Brand: Cannon Pages: 64
Cannon CAV 4.1 Operation Manual preview
CAV 4.1
Brand: Cannon Pages: 73
Cameron NUFLO Scanner 2000 microEFM Quick Start Manual preview
NUFLO Scanner 2000 microEFM
Brand: Cameron Pages: 8
K-Patents PR-33-S Troubleshooting Manual preview
PR-33-S
Brand: K-Patents Pages: 10
Ulvac G-Tran Series Manual preview
G-Tran Series
Brand: Ulvac Pages: 18
janitza UMG 96RM-P Manual preview
UMG 96RM-P
Brand: janitza Pages: 48
Gearx P113.501 Manual preview
P113.501
Brand: Gearx Pages: 19
Power Measurement ION 7700 Instructions Manual preview
ION 7700
Brand: Power Measurement Pages: 20
PASCO ME-9837 Instruction Manual preview
ME-9837
Brand: PASCO Pages: 13
KAM Simple Precision OWD User Manual preview
Simple Precision OWD
Brand: KAM Pages: 41

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands